CORNELL CORRECTIONS INC
S-8, 1996-12-31
FACILITIES SUPPORT MANAGEMENT SERVICES
Previous: TMS SBA LOAN ADJ RATE CERT SER 1996-1 CLASS A & B, 8-K, 1996-12-31
Next: CORNELL CORRECTIONS INC, S-8, 1996-12-31



    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                             ----------------------


                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                             ----------------------


                            CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

          DELAWARE                       4801 WOODWAY, SUITE 400W             
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                HOUSTON, TEXAS                 
Incorporation or Organization)     (Address of Principal Executive Offices)   

             76-0433642                             77056
          (I.R.S. Employer                        (Zip Code)
         Identification No.)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC.
                           401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                            (Full title of the plan)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                DAVID M. CORNELL
                             CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC.
                            4801 WOODWAY, SUITE 400W
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77056
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)


                     Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                              of Agent for Service:
                                 (713) 623-0790


                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=========================  ================ ===================== ================== ==============
                                                                       Proposed
        Title of                Amount        Proposed Maximum         Maximum         Amount of
    Securities to be            to be        Offering Price Per       Aggregate       Registration
       Registered             Registered          Share(1)        Offering Price(1)       Fee
=========================  ================ ===================== ================== ==============
<S>                            <C>                <C>               <C>                 <C>    
Common Stock (par value
     $.001 per share)          200,000            $ 9.1875          $ 1,837,500.00      $557.00
=========================  ================ ===================== ================== ==============
</TABLE>

(1)      Estimated in accordance with Rule 457(c) and (h) solely for the purpose
         of calculating the registration fee and based upon the average of the
         high and low sales price of the shares of Common Stock of Cornell
         Corrections, Inc. quoted on the American Stock Exchange on December 24,
         1996.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

              INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE SECTION 10(A) PROSPECTUS

         Note: The document(s) containing the information concerning the Cornell
Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan") specified in Items 1
and 2 of Part I of Form S-8 will be provided to participants under the Plan as
specified by Rule 428 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act") and, in accordance with the requirements of Part I of Form S-8 of the
Securities Act, are not being filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") as part of this Registration Statement or as prospectuses or
prospectus supplements pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act. The
registrant shall maintain a file of such documents in accordance with the
provisions of Rule 428. Upon request, the registration shall furnish to the
Commission or its staff a copy or copies of all of the documents included in
such file.

                                       I-1

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT


ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         The following documents, which the registrant, Cornell Corrections,
Inc. (the "Company") has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act") (File No. 1-14472), are incorporated by reference and shall be
deemed to be a part hereof:

         1. The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 1996;

         2. The Company's prospectus dated October 3, 1996, as filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"); and

         3. The description of the Company's common stock, par value $.001 per
share ("Common Stock") contained in the Company's Registration Statement on Form
8-A, as filed with the Commission on September 10, 1996, pursuant to the
Exchange Act.

         All documents filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to
Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of
this Registration Statement and prior to the filing of a post-effective
amendment to this Registration Statement which indicates that all securities
offered have been sold or which deregisters all securities then remaining
unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Registration
Statement and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents.

         Any statement contained in this Registration Statement, in an amendment
hereto or in a document incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be
modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent
that a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed supplement to
this Registration Statement or in any document that also is incorporated by
reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded,
to constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

         The audited financial statements included in the Company's prospectus
dated October 3, 1996 and incorporated by reference in this Registration
Statement, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
accountants, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by
reference, and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


ITEM 4.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

         Not Applicable.


ITEM 5.  INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

         Not Applicable.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

         Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
(the "DGCL") provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction or upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

         Section 145(b) of the DGCL states that a corporation may indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is
or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or
suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation
unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which
such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite
the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case,
such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

         Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a director,
officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

         Section 145(d) of the DGCL states that any indemnification under
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made
by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination
that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in
the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145. Such determination shall be
made (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action,
suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such
directors, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the
stockholders.

         Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys'
fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the
corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145. Such
expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may
be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors
deems appropriate.

         Section 145(f) of the DGCL states that the indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other
subsections of Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under
any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office.

         Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have the
power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such
capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation
would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the
provisions of Section 145.

         Section 145(j) of the DGCL states that the indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 shall,
unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person
who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

   CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

         The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company provides that
a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended to authorize the
further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the
liability of a director of the Company, in addition to the limitation on
personal liability described above, shall be limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the amended DGCL. Further, any repeal or modification of such
provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation by the stockholders of
the Company shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any
limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Company existing at
the time of such repeal or modification. Additionally, the Restated Certificate
of Incorporation provides that the Company will indemnify its officers and
directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

   BYLAWS

         The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the "Bylaws") provide
that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party
to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she or a
person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to
become a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving or has agreed
to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether
the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a
director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to
serve as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may
thereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader
indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to
such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without
limitation, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties
and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by
such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as
to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled
such person to indemnity thereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her
heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the Company shall
indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a
proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding
(or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Company. The
Bylaws further provide that the right to indemnification conferred thereby shall
be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Company the
expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final
disposition; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, the payment of such
expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or
her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not
in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be
rendered

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation,
service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a
proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking,
by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if
it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled
to be indemnified under the Bylaws or otherwise. In addition, the Bylaws provide
that the Company may, by action of its board of directors, provide
indemnification to employees and agents of the Company, individually or as a
group, with the same scope and effect as the indemnification of directors and
officers provided for in the Bylaws.

   INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS

         The Company has entered into Indemnification Agreements with each of
its officers and directors. The Indemnification Agreements provide that the
Company shall indemnify the officer or director and hold him harmless from any
losses and expenses which, in type or amount, are not insured under the
directors and officers' liability insurance maintained by the Company, and
generally indemnifies the officer or director against losses and expenses as a
result of a claim or claims made against him for any breach of duty, neglect,
error, misstatement, misleading statement, omission or other act done or
wrongfully attempted by the officer or director or any of the foregoing alleged
by any claimant or any claim against the officer or director solely by reason of
him being an officer or director of the Company, subject to certain exclusions.
The Indemnification Agreements also provide certain procedures regarding the
right to indemnification and for the advancement of expenses.

   UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

         The Underwriting Agreement dated October 3, 1996 among the Company, the
Selling Stockholders referred to therein and the underwriters listed in Schedule
A thereto, a form of which Underwriting Agreement was filed as Exhibit 1.1 to
the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-08243),
provides for the indemnification of the directors and officers of the Company in
certain circumstances.

   INSURANCE

         The Company has obtained a policy of liability insurance to insure its
officers and directors against losses resulting from certain acts committed by
them in their capacities as officers and directors of the Company.


ITEM 7.  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED

         Not Applicable.


ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS

         The following documents are filed as a part of this registration
statement or incorporated by reference herein:

 Exhibit
   No.                                             Description
   ---                                             -----------

4.1*       --     Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's
                  Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
                  333-08243))

4.2*       --     Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's
                  Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
                  333-08243))

4.3*       --     Form of Certificate representing Common Stock (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration
                  Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-08243))

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

4.4        --     Cornell Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

23         --     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

24         --     Powers of Attorney

   *     Incorporated herein by reference as indicated.


ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS


         (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

               (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
         made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

                      (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3)
         of the Securities Act;

                      (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
         arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the
         most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in
         the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
         forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
         increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
         dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
         registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
         maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
         with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act
         if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more
         than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
         the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
         registration statement;

                      (iii) To include any material information with respect to
         the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration
         Statement or any material change to such information in the
         Registration Statement;

   PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the undertakings set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i)
   and (a)(1)(ii) above do not apply if the information required to be included
   in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic
   reports filed by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of
   the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the Registration
   Statement.

               (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
         Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to
         be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
         therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
         deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

               (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
         amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at
         the termination of the offering.

         (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's
annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is
incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA
FIDE offering thereof.

         (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons
of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 6 above, or
otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

         (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to submit the Plan and
any amendment thereto to the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") in a timely
manner and to make all changes required by the IRS in order to qualify the Plan
under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 31, 1996.

                                         CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC.


                                         By:/s/ DAVID M. CORNELL
                                                David M. Cornell
                                                CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT
                                                AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on December 31, 1996.


           Signature                           Title


/s/ DAVID M. CORNELL            President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
    David M. Cornell              (Principal Executive Officer)            
                                                                               
/s/ STEVEN W. LOGAN             Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
    Steven W. Logan               (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
                                                                               
/s/ CAMPBELL A. GRIFFIN, JR.*   Director                                     
    Campbell A. Griffin, Jr.                                                  
                                                                              
/s/ RICHARD T. HENSHAW III *    Director                                     
    Richard T. Henshaw III                                                    
                                                                              
/s/ PETER A. LEIDEL *           Director                                     
    Peter A. Leidel                                                           
                                                                              
/s/ TUCKER TAYLOR *             Director                                     
    Tucker Taylor                                                             
                                                                              
* By: /s/ DAVID M. CORNELL                                                    
          David M. Cornell              
          Attorney-in-Fact              

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the trustees
of the Cornell Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan have duly caused
this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December
31, 1996.


                               /s/ DAVID M. CORNELL
                                   David M. Cornell
                                   TRUSTEE, CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC. 
                                   401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                               /s/ STEVEN W. LOGAN
                                   Steven W. Logan
                                   TRUSTEE, CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC. 
                                   401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                               /s/ MARVIN H. WIEBE
                                   Marvin H. Wiebe
                                   TRUSTEE, CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC. 
                                   401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                                      II-8
<PAGE>


                                         EXHIBIT INDEX



 Exhibit                                     DESCRIPTION
   NO.

4.1*       --     Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's
                  Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
                  333-08243))

4.2*       --     Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's
                  Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
                  333-08243))

4.3*       --     Form of Certificate representing Common Stock (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration
                  Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-08243))

4.4        --     Cornell Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

23         --     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

24         --     Powers of Attorney

- --------------------------------------

        *      INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AS INDICATED.

                                      II-9


                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.4

COMPREHENSIVE NONSTANDARDIZED SAFE HARBOR 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
================================================================================
                         SECTION 1. EMPLOYER INFORMATION

Name of Employer    CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC.

Address    4801 WOODWAY, SUITE 400W

City    HOUSTON                               State     TX          Zip  77056

Telephone 713-623-0790 Employer's Federal Tax Identification Number 76-0433642

Type of Business (CHECK ONLY ONE) [ ]Sole Proprietorship   [ ]Partnership  
                                  [X] C Corporation        [ ]S Corporation
[ ] Other (SPECIFY)

[X] Check here if Related Employers may participate in this Plan and attach a 
    Related Employer Participation Agreement for each Related Employer who will 
    participate in this Plan.

Business Code        8361

Name of Plan    CORNELL CORRECTIONS, INC. 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

Name of Trust (IF DIFFERENT FROM PLAN NAME)

Plan Sequence Number  001   (ENTER 001 IF THIS IS THE FIRST QUALIFIED PLAN THE 
                            EMPLOYER HAS EVER MAINTAINED, ENTER 002 IF IT IS THE
                            SECOND, ETC.)

Trust Identification Number(IF APPLICABLE) ____  Account Number(Optional) 777027

                           SECTION 2. EFFECTIVE DATES
                             COMPLETE PARTS A AND B

PART A.    GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATES (CHECK AND COMPLETE OPTION I OR 2):
           Option 1: [ ]  This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan 
                          by the Employer. 
                          The Effective Date of this Plan is_________________.

                          NOTE: THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS USUALLY THE FIRST DAY OF 
                                THE PLAN YEAR IN WHICH THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT 
                                IS SIGNED.

           Option 2: [X] This is an amendment and restatement of an existing 
                         profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).
                         The Prior Plan was initially effective on 01-01-1993.
                         The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement 
                         is 01-01-1997.

                         NOTE:  THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS USUALLY THE FIRST DAY OF 
                                THE PLAN YEAR IN WHICH THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT 
                                IS SIGNED.

PART B.    SPECIFIC EFFECTIVE DATES:

           The provisions of the Plan will generally be effective as of the
           Effective Date specified in Section 2, Part A. However, the following
           provisions will be effective on the dates indicated below. (SPECIFY
           EFFECTIVE DATE ONLY IF LATER THAN THE GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE
           DESCRIBED IN SECTION 2, PART A):

           PROVISION                                           EFFECTIVE DATE
           ---------                                           --------------

           1.   Commencement of Elective Deferrals*            ______________
           2.   Matching Contributions (Section 7)             ______________
           3.   Qualified Nonelective Contributions 
                (Section 8)                                    ______________
           4.   Qualified Matching Contributions 
                (Section 9)                                    ______________
           5.   In-Service Withdrawals (Section 15, 
                Part A, Item 6)                                ______________
           6.   Hardship Withdrawals of Elective 
                Deferrals (Section 15, Part A, Item 5)         ______________
           7.   Hardship Withdrawals (Section 15, 
                Part A, Item 8)                                ______________
           8.   Loans (Section 17, Item A)                     ______________
           9.   Participant Direction of Investments 
                (Section 18)                                   ______________

           *NOTE: ELECTIVE DEFERRALS MAY COMMENCE NO EARLIER THAN THE DATE THIS
           ADOPTION AGREEMENT IS SIGNED BECAUSE ELECTIVE DEFERRALS CANNOT BE
           MADE RETROACTIVELY.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 2

                        SECTION 3. RELEVANT TIME PERIODS
                           COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH D

PART A.    EMPLOYER'S FISCAL YEAR:

                The Employer's fiscal year ends (SPECIFY MONTH AND DATE)  12-31

PART B.    PLAN YEAR MEANS:

                OPTION 1: [ ]  The 12-consecutive month period which coincides 
                               with the Employer's fiscal year.

                OPTION 2: [X]  The calendar year.

                OPTION 3: [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)

                NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                       SELECTED.

                If the initial Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan
                Year) specify such Plan Year's beginning and ending dates
                _______________________________________________________________

PART C.    LIMITATION YEAR MEANS:

                OPTION 1: [X]  The Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ]  The calendar year.

                OPTION 3: [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)

                NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                       SELECTED.

PART D.    MEASURING PERIOD FOR VESTING:

                Years of Vesting Service shall be measured over the following
12-consecutive month period:

                OPTION 1: [X]  The Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ]  The 12-consecutive month period
                               commencing with the Employee's Employment
                               Commencement Date and each successive
                               12-month period commencing on the
                               anniversaries of the Employee's Employment
                               Commencement Date.

                OPTION 3: [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)

                NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                       SELECTED.

                       SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
                           COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH G

PART A.    YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIREMENT:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing
                Participant in the Plan (and thus be eligible to make Elective
                Deferrals) after completing 1 (ENTER 0, 1 OR ANY FRACTION LESS
                THAN 1) Years of Eligibility Service.

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching Contributions,
                if applicable) will be made to the Plan, a Contributing
                Participant will be eligible to receive Matching Contributions
                (or Qualified Matching Contributions, if applicable) after
                completing 1 (ENTER 0, 1, 2 OR ANY FRACTION LESS THAN 2) Years
                of Eligibility Service.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 3

           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan
                for purposes of receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit
                Sharing Contribution made pursuant to Section 11 of the Adoption
                Agreement after completing 1 (ENTER 0, 1, 2 OR ANY FRACTION LESS
                THAN 2) Years of Eligibility Service.

           NOTE: IF MORE THAN 1 YEAR IS SELECTED FOR ITEM 2 OR ITEM 3, THE
           IMMEDIATE 100% VESTING SCHEDULE OF SECTION 13 WILL AUTOMATICALLY
           APPLY FOR CONTRIBUTIONS DESCRIBED IN SUCH ITEM. IF ANY ITEM IS LEFT
           BLANK, THE YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIRED FOR SUCH ITEM WILL
           BE DEEMED TO BE 0. IF A FRACTION IS SELECTED, AN EMPLOYEE WILL NOT BE
           REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ANY SPECIFIED NUMBER OF HOURS OF SERVICE TO
           RECEIVE CREDIT FOR A FRACTIONAL YEAR. IF A SINGLE ENTRY DATE IS
           SELECTED IN SECTION 4, PART G FOR AN ITEM, THE YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY
           SERVICE REQUIRED FOR SUCH ITEM CANNOT EXCEED 1 1/2 (1/2 FOR ELECTIVE
           DEFERRALS).


PART B.    AGE REQUIREMENT:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing
                Participant (and thus be eligible to make Elective Deferrals)
                after attaining age ______ (NO MORE THAN 21).

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching Contributions,
                if applicable) will be made to the Plan, a Contributing
                Participant will be eligible to receive Matching Contributions
                (or Qualified Matching Contributions, if applicable) after
                attaining age ____ (NO MORE THAN 21).

           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan
                for purposes of receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit
                Sharing Contribution made pursuant to Section 11 of the Adoption
                Agreement after attaining age _____ (NO MORE THAN 21).

           NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ABOVE ITEMS IN THIS SECTION 4, PART B IS LEFT
           BLANK, IT WILL BE DEEMED THERE IS NO AGE REQUIREMENT FOR SUCH ITEM.
           IF A SINGLE ENTRY DATE IS SELECTED IN SECTION 4, PART G FOR AN ITEM,
           NO AGE REQUIREMENT CAN EXCEED 20 1/2 FOR SUCH ITEM.


PART C.    EMPLOYEES EMPLOYED AS OF EFFECTIVE DATE:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                Will all Employees employed as of the date that Elective
                Deferrals may commence as specified in Section 2, Part B who
                have not otherwise met the Years of Eligibility Service and age
                requirements specified above for Elective Deferrals be
                considered to have met those requirements as of the Elective
                Deferral commencement date? [ ] Yes X No

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching Contributions,
                if applicable) will be made to the Plan, will all Employees
                employed as of the date that Elective Deferrals may commence as
                specified in Section 2, Part B who have not otherwise met the
                Years of Eligibility Service and age requirements specified
                above for Matching Contributions be considered to have met those
                requirements as of the Elective Deferral commencement date? 
                Yes [X] No [ ]

           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                Will all Employees employed as of the Effective Date of this
                Plan who have not otherwise met the Years of Eligibility Service
                and age requirements specified above for Employer Profit Sharing
                Contributions be considered to have met those requirements as of
                the Effective Date? [ ] Yes [X] No

           NOTE:     IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR ANY ITEM IN THIS SECTION 4, 
                     PART C, "NO" WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 4

PART D.    EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN CLASSES OF EMPLOYEES:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                All Employees will be eligible to become Contributing
Participants (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals except:

           a. [X]    Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered
                     by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer
                     and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were
                     the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or
                     less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that
                     agreement are professionals as defined in Section
                     1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term
                     "employee representatives" does not include any
                     organization more than half of whose members are Employees
                     who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

           b. [ ]    Those Employees who are non-resident aliens (within the
                     meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who
                     received no earned income (within the meaning of Section 91
                     l(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer which constitutes
                     income from sources within the United States (within the
                     meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

           c. [ ]    Those Employees of a Related Employer that has not 
                     executed a Related Employer Participation Agreement.

           d. [X]    Other (DEFINE)         LEASED EMPLOYEES.


           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                All Contributing Participants will be eligible to receive
                Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching Contributions) if
                applicable, except:

           a. [X]    Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered
                     by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer
                     and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were
                     the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or
                     less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that
                     agreement are professionals as defined in Section
                     1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term
                     "employee representatives" does not include any
                     organization more than half of whose members are Employees
                     who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

           b. [ ]    Those Employees who are non-resident aliens (within the
                     meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who
                     received no earned income (within the meaning of Section
                     91l(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer which constitutes
                     income from sources within the United States (within the
                     meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

           c. [ ]    Those Employees of a Related Employer that has not executed
                     a Related Employer Participation Agreement.

           d. [X]    Other (DEFINE)         LEASED EMPLOYEES.


           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                All Employees will be eligible to become a Participant in the
                Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of any Employer
                Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant to Section 11 of the
                Adoption Agreement except:

           a. [X]    Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered
                     by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer
                     and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were
                     the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or
                     less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that
                     agreement are professionals as defined in Section
                     1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term
                     "employee representatives" does not include any
                     organization more than half of whose members are Employees
                     who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

           b. [ ]    Those Employees who are non-resident aliens (within the
                     meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who
                     received no earned income (within the meaning of Section
                     911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer which constitutes
                     income from sources within the United States (within the
                     meaning of Section 861 (a)(3) of the Code).

           c. [ ]    Those Employees of a Related Employer that has not executed
                     a Related Employer Participation Agreement.

           d. [X]    Other (DEFINE)           LEASED EMPLOYEES.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 5

PART E.    ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE:

           May an Employee or a Participant elect not to participate in this
Plan pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Plan?

           OPTION 1: [ ]  Yes.

           OPTION 2: [X]  No

           NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                  SELECTED.


PART F.    HOURS REQUIRED FOR ELIGIBILITY PURPOSES:

           1.   1000  Hours of Service (NO MORE THAN 1,000) shall be required 
                to constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.

           2.   500   Hours of Service (NO MORE THAN 500 BUT LESS THAN THE 
                NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SECTION 4, PART F, ITEM 1, ABOVE) must be
                exceeded to avoid a Break in Eligibility Service.

           3.   For purposes of determining Years of Eligibility Service,
                Employees shall be given credit for Hours of Service with the
                following predecessor employer(s) (COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE) 

                THE EMPLOYEES OF ANY BUSINESS ACQUIRED BY CORNELL CORRECTIONS, 
                INC. AND ANY RELATED EMPLOYERS THAT HAVE ADOPTED THE PLAN.

PART G:    ENTRY DATES:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                The Entry Dates for purposes of making Elective Deferrals shall
be (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day 
                              of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day 
                              of the fourth, seventh and tenth months of the 
                              Plan Year.

                OPTION 3: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year.

                OPTION 4: [ ] Other (SPECIFY)

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching Contributions)
                will be made to the Plan, the Entry Dates for purposes of
                Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching Contributions, if
                applicable) shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day 
                              of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day 
                              of the fourth, seventh and tenth months of the 
                              Plan Year.

                OPTION 3: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year.

                OPTION 4: [ ] Other (SPECIFY)


           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                The Entry Dates for purposes of Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day 
                              of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day 
                              of the fourth, seventh and tenth months of the 
                              Plan Year.

                OPTION 3: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year.

                OPTION 4: [ ] Other (SPECIFY)

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 6

           NOTE: IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED
           TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM. OPTION 3 OR OPTION 4 CAN BE SELECTED
           FOR AN ITEM ONLY IF THE ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND ENTRY DATES ARE
           COORDINATED SUCH THAT EACH EMPLOYEE WILL BECOME A PARTICIPANT IN THE
           PLAN NO LATER THAN THE EARLIER OF: (1) THE FIRST DAY OF THE PLAN YEAR
           BEGINNING AFTER THE DATE THE EMPLOYEE SATISFIES THE AGE AND SERVICE
           REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 410(A) OF THE CODE; OR (2) 6 MONTHS AFTER THE
           DATE THE EMPLOYEE SATISFIES SUCH REQUIREMENTS.

                    SECTION 5. METHOD OF DETERMINING SERVICE
                              COMPLETE PART A OR B

PART A.    HOURS OF SERVICE EQUIVALENCIES:

           Service will be determined on the basis of the method selected below.
           Only one method may be selected. The method selected will be applied
           to all Employees covered under the Plan. (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X]  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is 
                          paid or entitled to payment.

           OPTION 2: [ ]  On the basis of days worked.  An Employee will be 
                          credited with 10 Hours of Service if under Section 
                          1.24 of the Plan such Employee would be credited with 
                          at least 1 Hour of Service during the day.

           OPTION 3: [ ]  On the basis of weeks worked.  An Employee will be 
                          credited with 45 Hours of Service if under Section 
                          1.24 of the Plan such Employee would be credited with 
                          at least 1 Hour of Service during the week.

           OPTION 4: [ ]  On the basis of months worked.  An Employee will be 
                          credited with 190 Hours of Service if under Section 
                          1.24 of the Plan such Employee would be credited with 
                          at least 1 Hour of Service during the month.

           NOTE: IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
           SELECTED. THIS SECTION 5, PART A WILL NOT APPLY IF THE ELAPSED TIME
           METHOD OF SECTION 5, PART B IS SELECTED.


PART B.    ELAPSED TIME METHOD:

           In lieu of tracking Hours of Service of Employees, will the elapsed
           time method described in Section 2.07 of the Plan be used? (CHOOSE
           ONE)

           OPTION 1:  [ ]  No.

           OPTION 2:  [ ]  Yes.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


                          SECTION 6. ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

PART A.    AUTHORIZATION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS:

           Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan? (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1:  [X]  Yes.

           OPTION 2:  [ ]  No.

           NOTE:     IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                     SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 6 ONLY IF 
                     OPTION 1 IS SELECTED.


PART B.    LIMITS ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS:

           If Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing
           Participant may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have his
           or her Compensation reduced by an amount as described below (CHOOSE
           ONE):

           OPTION 1:  [X]  An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing 
                           Participant's Compensation from 1% to 15% in 
                           increments of 1%.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 7

           OPTION 2:  [ ]  An amount of the Contributing Participant's 
                           Compensation not less than and not more than _______
                           and not more than _______.

           The amount of such reduction shall be contributed to the Plan by the
           Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant. For any taxable
           year, a Contributing Participant's Elective Deferrals shall not
           exceed the limit contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at
           the beginning of such taxable year.

PART C.    ELECTIVE DEFERRALS BASED ON BONUSES:

           Instead of or in addition to making Elective Deferrals through
           payroll deduction, may a Contributing Participant elect to contribute
           to the Plan, as an Elective Deferral, part or all of a bonus rather
           than receive such bonus in cash? (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [ ]    Yes.

           OPTION 2: [X]    No.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART D.    CEASING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS:

           A Contributing Participant may prospectively revoke a salary
reduction agreement to cease Elective Deferrals (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X]   As of the first day of any payroll period.

           OPTION 2: [ ]   As of the first day of any month.

           OPTION 3: [ ]   As of the first day of any quarter.

           OPTION 4: [ ]   As of any Entry Date.

           OPTION 5: [ ]   As of such times established by the Plan 
                           Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory 
                           manner.

           OPTION 6: [ ]   Other (SPECIFY.  MUST BE AT LEAST ONCE PER YEAR.)

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

PART E.    RETURN AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT AFTER CEASING ELECTIVE 
           DEFERRALS:

           A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking a salary
           reduction agreement may return as a Contributing Participant (CHOOSE
           ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ]  No sooner than as of the first day of the Plan Year.

           OPTION 2: [ ]  As of any subsequent Entry Date.

           OPTION 3: [ ]  As of the first day of any subsequent quarter.

           OPTION 4: [X]  As of such times established by the Plan Administrator
                          in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

           OPTION 5: [ ]  Other (SPECIFY. MUST BE AT LEAST ONCE PER YEAR.)


           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 8

PART F.    CHANGING ELECTIVE DEFERRAL AMOUNTS:

           A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction agreement to
           prospectively increase or decrease the amount of his or her Elective
           Deferrals (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ]  As of the first day of any payroll period.

           OPTION 2: [ ]  As of the first day of any month.

           OPTION 3: [ ]  As of the first day of any quarter.

           OPTION 4: [ ]  As of any Entry Date.

           OPTION 5: [X]  As of such times established by the Plan Administrator
                          in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

           OPTION 6: [ ]  Other (SPECIFY)

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

PART G.    CLAIMING EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS:

           Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding
           calendar year must submit their claims in writing to the Plan
           Administrator by (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1:  [X]    March 1.

           OPTION 2:  [ ]    Other (SPECIFY A DATE NOT LATER THAN APRIL 15)

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

PART H.    ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS:

           May an Employee make a one-time irrevocable election, as described in
           Section 11.205 of the Plan, upon first becoming eligible to
           participate in the Plan to have the Employer make contributions to
           the Plan on such Employee's behalf? (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [ ]    Yes.

           OPTION 2: [X]    No.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

                        SECTION 7. MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

PART A.    AUTHORIZATION OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf 
           of Qualifying Contributing Participants? (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [X]  Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing 
                          Participant's Elective Deferrals.

           OPTION 2: [ ]  Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's 
                          Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

           OPTION 3: [ ]  Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals and 
                          Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

           OPTION 4: [ ]  No.

           NOTE: IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 4 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
           SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 7 ONLY IF OPTION 1, 2 
           OR 3 IS SELECTED.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 9

PART B.    MATCHING CONTRIBUTION FORMULA:

           If the Employer will make Matching Contributions, then the amount of
           such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying
           Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] An amount equal to _____ % of such Contributing
                         Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                         Employee Contribution, if applicable).

           OPTION 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of _____% of the portion of
                         such Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral
                         (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                         applicable) which does not exceed _____% of the
                         Contributing Participant's Compensation plus _____% of
                         the portion of such Contributing Participant's Elective
                         Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
                         if applicable) which exceeds _____% of the Contributing
                         Participant's Compensation.

           OPTION 3: [X] Such amount, if any, equal to that percentage of each
                         Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or
                         Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable)
                         which the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines
                         from year to year.

           OPTION 4: [ ] Other Formula.  (SPECIFY)


           NOTE: IF OPTION 4 IS SELECTED, THE FORMULA SPECIFIED CAN ONLY ALLOW
           MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS TO BE MADE WITH RESPECT TO A CONTRIBUTING
           PARTICIPANT'S ELECTIVE DEFERRALS (AND/OR NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE
           CONTRIBUTION, IF APPLICABLE).


PART C.    LIMIT ON MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified above, no
           Matching Contribution will be made with respect to a Contributing
           Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
           Contributions, if applicable) in excess of or 6 % of such
           Contributing Participant's Compensation.


PART D.    QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANTS:

           A Contributing Participant who satisfies the eligibility requirements
           described in Section 4 will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant
           and thus entitled to share in Matching Contributions for any Plan
           Year only if the Participant is a Contributing Participant and
           satisfies the following additional conditions (CHECK ONE OR MORE
           OPTIONS):

           OPTION 1: [X] No Additional Conditions.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Hours of Service Requirement. The Contributing
                         Participant completes at least _____ Hours of Service
                         during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be
                         waived for the following reasons (CHECK AT LEAST ONE):

                     [ ] The Contributing Participant's Death.
                     [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of 
                         Employment after having incurred a Disability.
                     [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of 
                         Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
                     [ ] This condition will not be waived.

           OPTION 3: [ ] Last Day Requirement: The Participant is an Employee of
                         the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However,
                         this condition will be waived for the following reasons
                         (CHECK AT LEAST ONE):

                     [ ] The Contributing Participant's Death.
                     [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of 
                         Employment after having incurred a Disability.
                     [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of 
                         Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
                     [ ] This condition will not be waived.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 10

                 SECTION 8. QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

PART A.    AUTHORIZATION OF QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Will the Employer make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to the 
           Plan?  (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [X] Yes.

           OPTION 2: [ ] No.

           If the Employer elects to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions,
           then the amount, if any, of such contribution to the Plan for each
           Plan Year shall be an amount determined by the Employer.

           NOTE:     IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                     SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 8 ONLY IF 
                     OPTION 1 IS SELECTED.


PART B.    PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made to
the Individual Accounts of (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] Only Participants who are not Highly Compensated 
                         Employees.

           OPTION 2: [ ] All Participants.

           NOTE:     IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                     SELECTED.


PART C.    ALLOCATION OF QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Participants
entitled thereto shall be made (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation for 
                         the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
                         Participants for such Plan Year.

           OPTION 2: [ ] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation not 
                         in excess of __________ for the Plan Year bears to the 
                         total Compensation of all Participants not in excess 
                         of _____________ for such Plan Year.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

                   SECTION 9. QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

PART A.    AUTHORIZATION OF QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Will the Employer make Qualified Matching Contributions to the Plan 
           on behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants? (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [X] Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing 
                         Participant's Elective Deferrals.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's 
                         Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

           OPTION 3: [ ] Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals and 
                         Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

           OPTION 4: [ ] No.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 9 ONLY IF 
                   OPTION 1, 2 OR 3 IS SELECTED.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 11

PART B.    QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTION FORMULA:

           If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions, then the
           amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on behalf of a
           Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be (CHOOSE
           ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] An amount equal to _____% of such Contributing
                         Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                         Employee Contribution, if applicable).

           OPTION 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of ______% of the portion of
                         such Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral
                         (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                         applicable) which does not exceed ______% of the
                         Contributing Participant's Compensation plus ______% of
                         the portion of such Contributing Participant's Elective
                         Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
                         if applicable) which exceeds _____% of the Contributing
                         Participant's Compensation.

           OPTION 3: [X] Such amount, if any, as determined by the Employer in
                         its sole discretion, equal to that percentage of the
                         Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
                         Contribution, if applicable) of each Contributing
                         Participant entitled thereto which would be sufficient
                         to cause the Plan to satisfy the Actual Contribution
                         Percentage tests (described in Section 11.402 of the
                         Plan) for the Plan Year.

           OPTION 4: [ ] Other Formula.  (SPECIFY)


           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART C.    PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made 
           on behalf of?  (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [X] Only Contributing Participants who make Elective 
                         Deferrals who are not Highly Compensated Employees.

           OPTION 2: [ ] All Contributing Participants who make Elective 
                         Deferrals.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART D.    LIMIT ON QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula specified
           above, the Employer will not match a Contributing Participant's
           Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
           applicable) in excess of _________________ or _________________% of
           such Contributing Participant's Compensation.

                     SECTION 10. ADP AND ACP TESTING OPTIONS

PART A.    ACP TEST AND ELECTIVE DEFERRALS:

           Will Elective Deferrals under this Plan (and any other plan of the
           Employer, as provided by regulations) be taken into account, and
           included as Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of
           performing the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) test? (CHOOSE
           ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] No.

           OPTION 2: [X] Yes, in the following amounts (CHOOSE ONE):

                     SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only such Elective Deferrals that are 
                                        needed to meet the Average Contribution
                                        Percentage test.

                     SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All Elective Deferrals.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 12

PART B.    ACP TEST AND QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Will Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan (and any
           other plan of the Employer, as provided by regulations) be taken into
           account, and included as Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes
           of performing the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) test?
           (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] No.

           OPTION 2: [X] Yes, in the following amounts (CHOOSE ONE):

                     SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only such Qualified Nonelective 
                                        Contributions that are needed to meet 
                                        the Average Contribution Percentage 
                                        test.

                     SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART C.    ADP TEST AND QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Will Qualified Matching Contributions under this Plan (or any other
           plan of the Employer, as provided by regulations) be taken into
           account as Elective Deferrals for purposes of calculating Actual
           Deferral Percentages when performing the Actual Deferral Percentage
           (ADP) test? (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [ ] No.

           OPTION 2: [X] Yes, in the following amounts (CHOOSE ONE):

                     SUBOPTION (A): [X] Only such Qualified Matching 
                                        Contributions that are needed to meet 
                                        the ADP test.

                     SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All such Qualified Nonelective 
                                        Contributions.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART D.    CORRECTION OF AGGREGATE LIMIT:

           If the Aggregate Limit described in Section 11. 102 of the Plan is
           exceeded, the following adjustments will be made in accordance with
           Section 11.402(B)(1) of the Plan (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] The ACP of Highly Compensated Employees will be 
                         reduced.

           OPTION 2: [ ] The ADP of Highly Compensated Employees will be
                         reduced.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

                SECTION 11. EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS
                            Complete Parts A, B and C

PART A.    CONTRIBUTION FORMULA (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] Discretionary Formula.  For each Plan Year the Employer
                         will contribute an amount to be determined from year
                         to year.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Fixed Formula.  _____% of the Compensation of all 
                         Qualifying Participants under the Plan for the Plan 
                         Year.

           OPTION 3: [ ] Fixed Percent of Profits Formula. ___________% of the 
                         Employer's profits that are in excess of __________.


           OPTION 4: [ ] Frozen Plan.  This Plan is frozen effective ________ 
                         and the Employer will not make additional contributions
                         to the Plan after such date.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 13

PART B.    ALLOCATION FORMULA (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] Pro Rata Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                         shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                         Qualifying Participants in the ratio that each
                         Qualifying Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year
                         bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying
                         Participants for the Plan Year.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Flat Dollar Formula. Employer Profit Sharing
                         Contributions allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                         Qualifying Participants for each Plan Year shall be the
                         same dollar amount for each Qualifying Participant.

           OPTION 3: [ ] Integrated Formula. Employer Profit Sharing
                         Contributions shall be allocated as follows (START WITH
                         STEP 3 IF THIS PLAN IS NOT A TOP-HEAVY PLAN):

                         Step 1. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall
                                 first be allocated pro rata to Qualifying
                                 Participants in the manner described in Section
                                 11, Part B, Option 1. The percent so allocated
                                 shall not exceed 3% of each Qualifying
                                 Participant's Compensation.

                         Step 2. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                                 remaining after the allocation in Step 1 shall
                                 be allocated to each Qualifying Participant's
                                 Individual Account in the ratio that each
                                 Qualifying Participant's Compensation for the
                                 Plan Year in excess of the integration level
                                 bears to all Qualifying Participants'
                                 Compensation in excess of the integration
                                 level, but not in excess of 3%.

                         Step 3. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                                 remaining after the allocation in Step 2 shall
                                 be allocated to each Qualifying Participant's
                                 Individual Account in the ratio that the sum of
                                 each Qualifying Participant's total
                                 Compensation and Compensation in excess of the
                                 integration level bears to the sum of all
                                 Qualifying Participants' total Compensation and
                                 Compensation in excess of the integration
                                 level, but not in excess of the profit sharing
                                 maximum disparity rate as described in Section
                                 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.

                         Step 4. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                                 remaining after the allocation in Step 3 shall
                                 be allocated pro rata to Qualifying
                                 Participants in the manner described in Section
                                 11, Part B, Option 1.

                         The integration level shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

                         SUBOPTION (A): [ ] The Taxable Wage Base.

                         SUBOPTION (B): [ ] ____________ (A DOLLAR AMOUNT LESS 
                                            THAN THE TAXABLE WAGE BASE).

                         SUBOPTION (C): [ ] ____________ % (NOT MORE THAN 100%) 
                                            OF THE TAXABLE WAGE BASE.

                         NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, SUBOPTION (A) WILL BE
                                 DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

PART C.    QUALIFYING PARTICIPANTS:

           A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant and thus entitled to
           share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year
           only if the Participant is a Participant on at least one day of such
           Plan Year and satisfies the following additional conditions (CHECK
           ONE OR MORE OPTIONS):

           OPTION 1: [ ] No Additional Conditions.

           OPTION 2: [X] Hours of Service Requirement. The Participant completes
                         at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
                         However, this condition will be waived for the
                         following reasons (CHECK AT LEAST ONE):

                         [X] The Participant's Death.

                         [X] The Participant's Termination of Employment after 
                             having incurred a Disability.

                         [X] The Participant's Termination of Employment after 
                             having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                         [ ] This condition will not be waived.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 14

           OPTION 3: [X] Last Day Requirement.  The Participant is an Employee 
                         of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.  
                         However, this condition will be waived for the 
                         following reasons (CHECK AT LEAST ONE):

                         [X] The Participant's Death.

                         [X] The Participant's Termination of Employment after 
                             having incurred a Disability.

                         [X] The Participant's Termination of Employment after 
                             having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                         [ ] This condition will not be waived.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

                            SECTION 12. COMPENSATION
                           COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH E

PART A.    BASIC DEFINITION:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation will mean all
of each Participant's (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] W-2 wages.

                OPTION 2: [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.

                OPTION 3: [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation will mean
all of each Participant's (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] W-2 wages.

                OPTION 2: [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.

                OPTION 3: [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.

           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions,
Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] W-2 wages.

                OPTION 2: [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.

                OPTION 3: [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED
                   TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

PART B.    MEASURING PERIOD FOR COMPENSATION:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation shall be
determined over the following applicable period (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] The Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ] The calendar year ending with or within the Plan 
                              Year.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 15

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation shall be
determined over the following applicable period (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] The Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ] The calendar year ending with or within the Plan 
                              Year.

           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions,
                Compensation shall be determined over the following applicable
                period (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [X] The Plan Year.

                OPTION 2: [ ] The calendar year ending with or within the Plan 
                              Year.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1 WILL BE 
                   DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.


PART C.    INCLUSION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                For purposes of Elective Deferrals, does Compensation include
                Employer Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
                agreement which are not includible in the gross income of the
                Employee under any of the following Sections of the Code?
                (ANSWER "INCLUDED" OR "EXCLUDED" FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING
                ITEMS.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>
                Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                     [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                  [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 402(h)(1)(B)(salary deferral SEP plans)   [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered plans)              [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
</TABLE>

                NOTE:   IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "INCLUDED" WILL BE 
                        DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Matching Contributions, does Compensation
                include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a salary
                reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income
                of the Employee under any of the following Sections of the Code?
                (ANSWER "INCLUDED" OR "EXCLUDED" FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING
                ITEMS.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>
                Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                     [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                  [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 402(h)(1)(B)(salary deferral SEP plans)   [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered plans)              [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
</TABLE>

                NOTE:   IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "INCLUDED " WILL BE
                        DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, does
                Compensation include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a
                salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross
                income of the Employee under any of the following Sections of
                the Code? (ANSWER "INCLUDED" OR "EXCLUDED" FOR EACH OF THE 
                FOLLOWING ITEMS.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>
                Section 125 (cafeteria plans)                     [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans)                  [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 402(h)(1)(B)(salary deferral SEP plans)   [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
                Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered plans)              [X] Included        [ ] Excluded
</TABLE>

                NOTE:   IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "INCLUDED" WILL BE 
                        DEEMED TO BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 16

PART D.    PRE-ENTRY DATE COMPENSATION:

           1.   ADP AND ACP TESTING PURPOSES.

                For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan, the
                Employee's Compensation which shall be taken into account for
                purposes of Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) and Actual
                Contribution Percentage (ACP) testing shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [ ] The Employee's Compensation only from the time the
                              Employee became a Participant in the Plan.

                OPTION 2: [X] The Employee's Compensation for the whole of such 
                              Plan Year.

                NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1 WILL BE 
                        DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

           2.   OTHER PURPOSES.

                For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan, the
                Employee's Compensation which shall be taken into account for
                purposes of the Plan (other than ADP or ACP testing) shall be
                (CHOOSE ONE):

                OPTION 1: [ ] The Employee's Compensation only from the time 
                              the Employee became a Participant in the Plan.

                OPTION 2: [X] The Employee's Compensation for the whole of such 
                              Plan Year.

                NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED FOR AN ITEM, OPTION 1 WILL BE 
                        DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

PART E.    EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION:

           1.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.

                For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Compensation shall not
include the following (CHECK ANY THAT APPLY):

                [ ]    Bonuses              [ ] Commissions
                [ ]    Overtime             [ ] Other (SPECIFY)

                NOTE:   NO EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION ARE PERMITTED IF THE 
                        INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA IN SECTION 11, PART B IS 
                        SELECTED.

           2.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Matching Contributions, Compensation shall not
include the following (CHECK ANY THAT APPLY):

                [ ]    Bonuses              [ ] Commissions
                [ ]    Overtime             [ ] Other (SPECIFY)

                NOTE:   NO EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION ARE PERMITTED IF THE 
                        INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA IN SECTION 11, PART B IS 
                        SELECTED.

           3.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                For purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions,
Compensation shall not include the following (CHECK ANY THAT APPLY):

                [ ]    Bonuses              [ ] Commissions
                [ ]    Overtime             [ ] Other (SPECIFY)

                NOTE:   NO EXCLUSIONS FROM COMPENSATION ARE PERMITTED IF THE 
                        INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA IN SECTION 11, PART B IS 
                        SELECTED.

<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 17

                       SECTION 13. VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                           COMPLETE PARTS A THROUGH H

PART A. VESTING SCHEDULE FOR EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS. A
           Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
           derived from Profit Sharing Contributions made pursuant to Section 11
           of the Adoption Agreement as follows (CHOOSE ONE):


                                VESTED PERCENTAGE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEARS OF
   VESTING SERVICE   Option 1 [ ] Option 2 [ ]  Option 3 [ ] Option 4 [ ]  Option 5 [X] (COMPLETE IF CHOSEN)
- -------------------  ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------  ---------------------------------
<S>      <C>               <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>
         1                 0%           0%          100%           0%         0%
         2                 0%          20%          100%           0%        20%
         3                 0%          40%          100%          20%        40% (not less than 20%)
         4                 0%          60%          100%          40%        60% (not less than 40%)
         5               100%          80%          100%          60%       100% (not less than 60%)
         6               100%         100%          100%          80%       100% (not less than 80%)
         7               100%         100%          100%         100%       100% (not less than 100%)
</TABLE>

    NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.
- ------------------------------


PART B. VESTING SCHEDULE FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. A Participant shall become
        Vested in his or her Individual Account derived from Matching
        Contributions made pursuant to Section 7 of the Adoption Agreement as
        follows (CHOOSE ONE):

                                VESTED PERCENTAGE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEARS OF
 VESTING SERVICE   Option 1 [ ] Option 2 [ ]  Option 3 [ ] Option 4 [ ]  Option 5 [X] (COMPLETE IF CHOSEN)
- -----------------  ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------  ---------------------------------
<S>                     <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>
       1                0%           0%          100%           0%            0%
       2                0%          20%          100%           0%           20%
       3                0%          40%          100%          20%           40% (not less than 20%)
       4                0%          60%          100%          40%           60% (not less than 40%)
       5              100%          80%          100%          60%          100% (not less than 60%)
       6              100%         100%          100%          80%          100% (not less than 80%)
       7              100%         100%          100%         100%          100% (not less than 100%)
</TABLE>

    NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 3 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.
- ------------------------------


PART C.    HOURS REQUIRED FOR VESTING PURPOSES:

         1.       1000 Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required
                  to constitute a Year of Vesting Service.

         2.       500 Hours of Service (NO MORE THAN 500 BUT LESS THAN THE
                  NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SECTION 13, PART C, ITEM 1 ABOVE) must be
                  exceeded to avoid a Break in Vesting Service.

         3.       For purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service,
                  Employees shall be given credit for Hours of Service with the
                  following predecessor employer(s) (COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE)
                  _____________________________________________________________
                  _____________________________________________________________


PART D.    EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN YEARS OF VESTING SERVICE:

           All of an Employee's Years of Vesting Service with the Employer are
           counted to determine the vesting percentage in the Participant's
           Individual Account except (CHECK ANY THAT APPLY):

           [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employee reaches age 18.

           [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employer maintained this Plan
               or a predecessor plan.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 18

PART E.    FULLY VESTED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES:

           Will a Participant be fully Vested under the following circumstances?
           (ANSWER "YES" OR "NO" TO EACH OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS BY CHECKING THE
           APPROPRIATE BOX)

           1.   The Participant dies.                        [X] Yes  [ ] No

           2.   The Participant incurs a Disability.         [X] Yes  [ ] No

           3.   The Participant satisfies the conditions 
                for Early Retirement Age (IF APPLICABLE).    [X] Yes  [ ] No

           NOTE:   IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "YES" WILL BE DEEMED TO 
                   BE SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM.


PART F.    ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES OF EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be (CHOOSE
           ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the
                         Participants specified below in the manner as described
                         in Section 11, Part B (for Employer Profit Sharing
                         Contributions).

                         The Participants entitled to receive allocations of
                         such Forfeitures shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

                         SUBOPTION (A): [ ] Only Qualifying Participants.

                         SUBOPTION (B): [ ] All Participants.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                         (CHOOSE ONE):

                         SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the 
                                            Forfeiture arises.

                         SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the 
                                            Plan Year for which the Forfeiture 
                                            arises.

           OPTION 3: [X] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                         administrative expenses and any excess applied to
                         reduce Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (CHOOSE
                         ONE):

                         SUBOPTION (A): [X] For the Plan Year for which the 
                                            Forfeiture arises.

                         SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the 
                                            Plan Year for which the Forfeitures 
                                            arises.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 AND SUBOPTION (A) WILL BE 
                   DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.


PART G.    ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the Plan,
                         to each Participant's Individual Account in the ratio
                         which each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year
                         bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for
                         such Plan Year.

                         The Participants entitled to receive allocations of
                         such Forfeitures shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

                         SUBOPTION (A): [ ] Only Qualifying Contributing 
                                            Participants.

                         SUBOPTION (B): [ ] Only Qualifying Participants.

                         SUBOPTION (C): [ ] All Participants.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (CHOOSE ONE):

                         SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the 
                                            Forfeiture arises.

                         SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the 
                                            Plan Year for which the Forfeiture 
                                            arises.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 19

           OPTION 3: [X] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                         administrative expenses and any excess applied to
                         reduce Matching Contributions (CHOOSE ONE):

                         SUBOPTION (A): [X] For the Plan Year for which the 
                                            Forfeiture arises.

                         SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the 
                                            Plan Year for which the Forfeitures 
                                            arises.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 AND SUBOPTION (A) WILL BE 
                   DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.


PART H.    ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS:

           Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the Plan,
                         to each Contributing Participant's Matching
                         Contribution account in the ratio which each
                         Contributing Participant's Compensation for the Plan
                         Year bears to the total Compensation of all
                         Contributing Participants for such Plan Year. Such
                         Forfeitures will not be allocated to the account of any
                         Highly Compensated Employee.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (CHOOSE ONE):

                     SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the 
                                        Forfeiture arises.

                     SUBOPTION (B): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the 
                                        Plan Year for which the Forfeiture 
                                        arises.

           OPTION 3: [X] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                         administrative expenses and any excess applied to
                         reduce Matching Contributions (CHOOSE ONE):

                     SUBOPTION (A): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the 
                                        Forfeiture arises.

                     SUBOPTION (B): [X] For any Plan Year subsequent to the Plan
                                        Year for which the Forfeitures arises.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 AND SUBOPTION (A) WILL BE 
                   DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

           SECTION 14. NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE AND EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

PART A. THE NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE UNDER THE PLAN SHALL BE (CHECK AND COMPLETE
ONE OPTION):

           OPTION 1: [X] Age 65.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Age _____ (NOT TO EXCEED 65).

           OPTION 3: [ ] The later of age ______ (NOT TO EXCEED 65) or the
                         ______ (NOT TO EXCEED 5TH) anniversary of the first day
                         of the first Plan Year in which the Participant
                         commenced participation in the Plan.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART B.    EARLY RETIREMENT AGE (CHOOSE ONE OPTION):

           OPTION 1: [X] An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under the 
                         Plan.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Age _____  (NOT LESS THAN 55 NOR MORE THAN 65).

           OPTION 3: [ ] A Participant satisfies the Plan's Early Retirement Age
                         conditions by attaining age _____(NOT LESS THAN 55) and
                         completing _____ Years of Vesting Service.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 20

                            SECTION 15. DISTRIBUTIONS
                             Complete Parts A and B

PART A.    DISTRIBUTABLE EVENTS.  ANSWER EACH OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS.

           1.   Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age. May a
                Participant who has not reached Normal Retirement Age request a
                distribution from the Plan of that portion of the Participant's
                Individual Account attributable to the following types of
                contributions upon Termination of Employment?

                            Elective Deferrals [X] Yes [ ] No

                            Matching Contributions (IF MADE) [X] Yes [ ] No

                            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions [X] Yes [ ] No

           2.   Disability. May a Participant who has incurred a Disability
                request a distribution from the Plan of that portion of the
                Participant's Individual Account attributable to the following
                types of contributions?

                            Elective Deferrals                    [X] Yes [ ] No

                            Matching Contributions (IF MADE)      [X] Yes [ ] No

                            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions [X] Yes [ ] No


           3.   Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. May a Participant who has
                attained Normal Retirement Age but has not incurred a
                Termination of Employment request a distribution from the Plan
                of that portion of the Participant's Individual Account
                attributable to the following types of contributions?

                            Elective Deferrals                    [X] Yes [ ] No

                            Matching Contributions (IF MADE)      [ ] Yes [X] No

                            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions [ ] Yes [X] No

           4.   Attainment of Age 59 1/2.  Will Participants who 
                have attained age 59 1/2 be permitted to withdraw 
                Elective Deferrals while still employed by the 
                Employer?                                         [X] Yes [ ] No

           5.   Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals: Will 
                Participants be permitted to withdraw Elective 
                Deferrals on account of hardship pursuant to 
                Section 11.503 of the Plan?                       [X] Yes [ ] No

           6.   In-Service Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted to
                request a distribution of that portion of the Participant's
                Individual Account attributable to the following types of
                contributions during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of
                the Plan?

                            Matching Contributions (IF MADE)      [ ] Yes [X] No

                            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions [ ] Yes [X] No

           7.   One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option. Will the one-time
                in-service withdrawal provisions described in Section 6.01(A)(5)
                of the Plan apply to the following types of contributions?

                            Matching Contributions (IF MADE)      [ ] Yes [X] No

                            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions [ ] Yes [X] No

                If the answer is "Yes," specify percentage that a Participant 
                may withdraw: __________%

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 21

           8.   Hardship Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted to make
                hardship withdrawals of that portion of the Participant's
                Individual Account attributable to the following types of
                contributions pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan?

                            Matching Contributions (IF MADE)      [ ] Yes [X] No

                            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions [ ] Yes [X] No

           9.   Withdrawals of Rollover or Transfer Contributions. Will
                Employees be permitted to withdraw their Rollover or Transfer
                Contributions at any time?                        [ ] Yes [X] No

           NOTE: IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR AN ITEM, "YES" WILL BE DEEMED TO BE
           SELECTED FOR THAT ITEM. SECTION 411(D)(6) OF THE CODE PROHIBITS THE
           ELIMINATION OF PROTECTED BENEFITS. IN GENERAL, PROTECTED BENEFITS
           INCLUDE THE FORMS AND TIMING OF PAYOUT OPTIONS. IF THE PLAN IS BEING
           ADOPTED TO AMEND AND REPLACE A PRIOR PLAN THAT PERMITTED A
           DISTRIBUTION OPTION DESCRIBED ABOVE, YOU MUST ANSWER "YES" TO THAT
           ITEM.

PART B.    TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS:

           1.   Termination of Employment. Where a Participant who is entitled
                to a distribution under the Plan has a Termination of Employment
                (for reasons other than death, Disability or attainment of
                Normal Retirement Age), distributions shall commence (CHECK
                ONE):

                OPTION (A): [X] As soon as administratively feasible following 
                                the date the Participant requests a 
                                distribution.

                OPTION (B): [ ] As soon as administratively feasible following 
                                the close of the Plan Year within which the 
                                Participant requests a distribution.

                OPTION (C): [ ] As soon as administratively feasible following
                                the close of the Plan Year within which the
                                Participant requests a distribution or the
                                Participant incurs _____ (NOT MORE THAN 5)
                                consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service,
                                whichever is later.

                NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION (A) WILL BE DEEMED TO 
                        BE SELECTED.

           2.   Death, Disability or Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. Where
                a Participant dies, incurs a Disability or attains Normal
                Retirement Age, and a distributable event has occurred,
                distributions shall commence (CHECK ONE):

                OPTION (A): [X] As soon as administratively feasible following
                                the date the Participant (or Beneficiary of a
                                deceased Participant) requests a distribution.

                OPTION (B): [ ] As soon as administratively feasible following
                                the close of the Plan Year within which the
                                Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased
                                Participant) requests a distribution.

                OPTION (C): [ ] As soon as administratively feasible following
                                the close of the Plan Year within which the
                                Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased
                                Participant) requests a distribution or the
                                Participant incurs _____ (NOT MORE THAN 5)
                                consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service,
                                whichever is later.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION (A) WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

                     SECTION 16. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY

PART A.    RETIREMENT EQUITY ACT SAFE HARBOR:

           Will the safe harbor provisions of Section 6.05(F) of the Plan apply?
           (CHOOSE ONLY ONE OPTION)

           OPTION 1: [X] Yes.

           OPTION 2: [ ] No.

           NOTE: YOU MUST SELECT "NO" IF YOU ARE ADOPTING THIS PLAN AS AN
           AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF A PRIOR PLAN THAT WAS SUBJECT TO THE
           JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 22

PART B.    SURVIVOR ANNUITY PERCENTAGE:  (COMPLETE ONLY IF YOUR ANSWER IN 
           SECTION 16, PART A IS "NO".)

           The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall
           be a percentage equal to _____% (AT LEAST 50% BUT NO MORE THAN 100%)
           of the amount paid to the Participant prior to his or her death.

                            SECTION 17. OTHER OPTIONS
     ANSWER"YES" OR "NO" TO EACH OF THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS BY CHECKING THE
       APPROPRIATE BOX. IF A BOX IS NOT CHECKED FOR A QUESTION, THE ANSWER
                           WILL BE DEEMED TO BE "NO."

A.         Loans: Will loans to Participants pursuant to 
           Section 6.08 of the Plan be permitted?                 [X] Yes [ ] No

B.         Insurance: Will the Plan allow for the investment 
           in insurance policies pursuant to Section 5.13 
           of the Plan?                                           [ ] Yes [X] No

C.         Employer Securities: Will the Plan allow for the 
           investment in qualifying Employer securities or 
           qualifying Employer real property?                     [X] Yes [ ] No

D.         Rollover Contributions: Will Employees be permitted 
           to make rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant 
           to Section 3.03 of the Plan?                           [X] Yes [ ] No
                                                         [ ] Yes, but only after
                                                             becoming a 
                                                             Participant.

E.         Transfer Contributions: Will Employees be permitted 
           to make transfer contributions to the Plan pursuant 
           to Section 3.04 of the Plan?                           [ ] Yes [X] No
                                                         [ ] Yes, but only after
                                                             becoming a
                                                             Participant.

F.         Nondeductible Employee Contributions: Will 
           Employees be permitted to make Nondeductible 
           Employee Contributions pursuant to Section 11.305 
           of the Plan?                                           [ ] Yes [X] No
           Check here if such contributions will be mandatory.    [ ]

                SECTION 18. PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS

PART A.    AUTHORIZATION:

           Will Participants be permitted to direct the investment of their Plan
           assets pursuant to Section 5.14 of the Plan? (CHOOSE ONE)

           OPTION 1: [X] Yes.

           OPTION 2: [ ] No.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.  COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF SECTION 18 ONLY IF 
                   OPTION 1 IS SELECTED.

PART B.    INVESTMENT OPTIONS:

           Participants can direct the investment of their Plan assets among the
following investments (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] Only those investment options designated by the Plan 
                         Administrator or other fiduciary.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Any allowable investment.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 23

PART C.    ACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO PARTICIPANT DIRECTION:

           Participants can direct the following portions of their Individual
Accounts (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] Those accounts that the Plan Administrator may 
                         designate from time to time in a uniform and 
                         nondiscriminatory manner.

           OPTION 2: [X] Entire Individual Account.

           OPTION 3: [ ] The following accounts (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY):

                         [ ] Elective Deferral Account.

                         [ ] Matching Contribution Account.

                         [ ] Employer Profit Sharing Account.

                         [ ] Rollover Contribution Account.

                         [ ] Transfer Contribution Account.

                         [ ] Other (SPECIFY)


           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART D.    FREQUENCY OF INVESTMENT CHANGES:

           Participants may make changes to the investments within their
Individual Accounts with the following frequency (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] In accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory rules 
                         established by the Plan Administrator or other 
                         fiduciary.

           OPTION 2: [ ] Daily.

           OPTION 3: [ ] Monthly.

           OPTION 4: [X] Quarterly.

           OPTION 5: [ ] Other (SPECIFY)


           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.  ALSO NOTE THAT THE PLAN'S VALUATION DATES MUST BE 
                   AT LEAST AS OFTEN AS THE FREQUENCY CHOSEN HERE.

                      SECTION 19. MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS
                             COMPLETE PARTS A AND B

PART A.    VALUATION DATE:

           The Plan Valuation Date shall be (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] The last day of the Plan Year and each other date 
                         designated by the Plan Administrator which is selected 
                         in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

           OPTION 2: [X] Daily.

           OPTION 3: [ ] The last day of each Plan quarter.

           OPTION 4: [ ] The last day of each month.

           OPTION 5: [ ] Other (SPECIFY)

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 24

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART B.    DISABILITY:

           For purposes of this Plan, Disability shall mean (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [ ] The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful
                         activity by reason of any medically determinable
                         physical or mental impairment that can be expected to
                         result in death or which has lasted or can be expected
                         to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
                         months.

           OPTION 2: [X] The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful
                         activity in the Employee's trade or profession for
                         which the Employee is best qualified through training
                         or experience.

           OPTION 3: [ ] Other (SPECIFY)


           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

                      SECTION 20. LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
                               MORE THAN ONE PLAN

           If you maintain or ever maintained another qualified plan in which
           any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or could
           become a Participant, you must complete this section. You must also
           complete this section if you maintain a welfare benefit fund, as
           defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical
           account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which
           amounts are treated as annual additions with respect to any
           Participant in this Plan.

PART A.    INDIVIDUALLY DESIGNED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN:

           If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
           contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
           prototype plan:

           1. [X] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of the
                  Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or 
                  prototype plan.

           2. [ ] Other method. (PROVIDE THE METHOD UNDER WHICH THE PLANS WILL
                  LIMIT TOTAL ANNUAL ADDITIONS TO THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE
                  AMOUNT, AND WILL PROPERLY REDUCE ANY EXCESS AMOUNTS, IN A
                  MANNER THAT PRECLUDES EMPLOYER DISCRETION.)

PART B.    DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN:

           If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
           benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer will provide
           below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Section
           415(e) of the Code.

           1. [X] If the projected annual addition to this Plan to the account
                  of a Participant for any limitation year would cause the 1.0
                  limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code to be exceeded, the
                  annual benefit of the defined benefit plan for such limitation
                  year shall be reduced so that the 1.0 limitation shall be
                  satisfied.

                  If it is not possible to reduce the annual benefit of the
                  defined benefit plan and the projected annual addition to this
                  Plan to the account of a Participant for a limitation year
                  would cause the 1.0 limitation to be exceeded, the Employer
                  shall reduce the Employer Contribution which is to be
                  allocated to this Plan on behalf of such Participant so that
                  the 1.0 limitation will be satisfied. (The provisions of
                  Section 415(e) of the Code are incorporated herein by
                  reference under the authority of Section 1106(h) of the Tax
                  Reform Act of 1986.)

           2. [ ] Other method. (PROVIDE LANGUAGE DESCRIBING ANOTHER METHOD.
                  SUCH LANGUAGE MUST PRECLUDE EMPLOYER DISCRETION.)

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 25

                          SECTION 21. TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM
                          COMPLETE PARTS A, B, C AND D

PART A.    MINIMUM ALLOCATION OR BENEFIT:

           For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy
           Plan, any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3. 01(E) of
           the Plan shall be made (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] To this Plan.

           OPTION 2: [ ] To the following other plan maintained by the Employer 
                         (SPECIFY NAME AND PLAN NUMBER OF PLAN)

           OPTION 3: [ ] In accordance with the method described on an
                         attachment to this Adoption Agreement. (ATTACH LANGUAGE
                         DESCRIBING THE METHOD THAT WILL BE USED TO SATISFY
                         SECTION 416 OF THE CODE. SUCH METHOD MUST PRECLUDE
                         EMPLOYER DISCRETION.)

           NOTE:    IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                    SELECTED.


PART B.    PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE MINIMUM ALLOCATION:

           Any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01(E) of the
Plan shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] Only Participants who are not Key Employees.

           OPTION 2: [ ] All Participants.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

PART C.    TOP-HEAVY RATIO:

           For purposes of establishing the present value of benefits under a
           defined benefit plan to compute the top-heavy ratio as described in
           Section 10.08(C) of the Plan, any benefit shall be discounted only
           for mortality and interest based on the following (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] Not applicable because the Employer has not maintained
                         a defined benefit plan.

           OPTION 2: [ ] The interest rate and mortality table specified for
                         this purpose in the defined benefit plan.

           OPTION 3: [ ] Interest rate of _____% and the following mortality
                         table (SPECIFY)

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 2 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.


PART D.    TOP-HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE:

           Pursuant to Section 6.0 1 (C) of the Plan, the vesting schedule that
           will apply when this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (unless the Plan's
           regular vesting schedule provides for more rapid vesting) shall be
           (CHOOSE ONE):

           OPTION 1: [X] 6 Year Graded.

           OPTION 2: [ ] 3 Year Cliff.

           NOTE:   IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 WILL BE DEEMED TO BE 
                   SELECTED.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 26

                          SECTION 22. PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

Name of Prototype Sponsor      AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

Address           151 FARMINGTON AVENUE, HARTFORD, CT 06156

Telephone Number        860-273-1000

PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS

The assets of the Plan shall be invested only in those investments described
below (TO BE COMPLETED BY THE PROTOTYPE SPONSOR):

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        SECTION 23. TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

OPTION A:  [ ] Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian

CHECK ONE: [ ] Custodian, [ ] Trustee without full trust powers, or 
           [ ] Trustee with full trust powers

Financial Organization _________________________________________________

Signature ______________________________________________________________

Type Name ______________________________________________________________

COLLECTIVE OR COMMINGLED FUNDS

List any collective or commingled funds maintained by the financial organization
Trustee in which assets of the Plan may be invested (COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE).

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Option B: [X] Individual Trustee(s)

Signature /s/ STEVEN W. LOGAN               Signature _______________________
Type Name     STEVEN W. LOGAN               Type Name _______________________
Signature ____________________              Signature _______________________
Type Name ____________________              Type Name _______________________


                              SECTION 24. RELIANCE

The Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the National Office of
the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. In order to obtain reliance with
respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply to the appropriate Key
District office for a determination letter.


This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan Document
No. 04.

                         SECTION 25. EMPLOYER SIGNATURE
                      IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ BEFORE SIGNING

I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I state the
following:

1.       I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the
         completion of this Adoption Agreement and the legal tax implications of
         adopting this Plan.

2.       1 understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
         Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 27

3.       1 understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any
         amendments made to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or
         abandon the Plan.

4.       I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corresponding
         Basic Plan Document.

Signature for Employer /s/ STEVEN W. LOGAN   Date Signed       12/19/96

Type Name       STEVEN W. LOGAN              Title   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
<PAGE>
                                       ooo
                            ------------------------
                                    QUALIFIED
                                   RETIREMENT
                                      PLAN
                            ------------------------
                                   BASIC PLAN
                                    DOCUMENT
                            ------------------------
                                       ooo
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION ONE     DEFINITIONS...................................................1
       1.01     ADOPTION AGREEMENT............................................1
       1.02     BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT...........................................1
       1.03     BENEFICIARY...................................................1
       1.04     BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE..................................1
       1.05     BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE......................................1
       1.06     CODE..........................................................1
       1.07     COMPENSATION..................................................1
       1.08     CUSTODIAN.....................................................3
       1.09     DISABILITY....................................................4
       1.10     EARLY RETIREMENT AGE..........................................4
       1.11     EARNED INCOME.................................................4
       1.12     EFFECTIVE DATE................................................4
       1.13     ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD................................4
       1.14     EMPLOYEE......................................................4
       1.15     EMPLOYER......................................................5
       1.16     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION.........................................5
       1.17     EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE..................................5
       1.18     EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION..........................5
       1.19     ENTRY DATES...................................................5
       1.20     ERISA.........................................................5
       1.21     FORFEITURE....................................................5
       1.22     FUND..........................................................5
       1.23     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE...................................5
       1.24     HOURS OF SERVICE - Means......................................6
       1.25     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT............................................7
       1.26     INVESTMENT FUND...............................................7
       1.27     KEY EMPLOYEE..................................................7
       1.28     LEASED EMPLOYEE...............................................8
       1.29     NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS..........................8
       1.30     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE.........................................8
       1.31     OWNER - EMPLOYEE..............................................8
       1.32     PARTICIPANT...................................................8
       1.33     PLAN..........................................................8
       1.34     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR............................................8
       1.35     PLAN YEAR.....................................................9
       1.36     PRIOR PLAN....................................................9
       1.37     PROTOTYPE SPONSOR.............................................9
       1.38     QUALIFYING PARTICIPANT........................................9

<PAGE>

       1.39     RELATED EMPLOYER..............................................9
       1.40     RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT......................9
       1.41     SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL......................................9
       1.42     SEPARATE FUND.................................................9
       1.43     TAXABLE WAGE BASE.............................................9
       1.44     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT....................................10
       1.45     TOP-HEAVY PLAN...............................................10
       1.46     TRUSTEE......................................................10
       1.47     VALUATION DATE...............................................10
       1.48     VESTED.......................................................10
       1.49     YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE..................................10
       1.50     YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE......................................10

SECTION TWO     ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION................................11
       2.01     ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE...................................11
       2.02     PLAN ENTRY...................................................11
       2.03     TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS.........................11
       2.04     RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY
                SERVICE......................................................12
       2.05     DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION............................12
       2.06     TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT..........................................12
       2.07     SPECIAL RULES WHERE ELAPSED TIME METHOD IS BEING
                USED.........................................................12
       2.08     ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE..................................13

SECTION THREE   CONTRIBUTIONS................................................14
       3.01     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................14
       3.02     NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.........................17
       3.03     ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................17
       3.04     TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................18
       3.05     LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS....................................18

SECTION FOUR    INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND
                VALUATION....................................................23
       4.01     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS..........................................23
       4.02     VALUATION OF FUND............................................24
       4.03     VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS.............................24
       4.04     MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING INDIVIDUAL
                ACCOUNTS.....................................................25
       4.05     SEGREGATION OF ASSETS........................................25
       4.06     STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS.............................25

<PAGE>

SECTION FIVE    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN.........................................25
       5.01     CREATION OF FUND.............................................25
       5.02     INVESTMENT AUTHORITY.........................................25
       5.03     FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE
                WITHOUT FULL TRUST POWERS....................................25
       5.04     FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST
                POWERS AND INDIVIDUAL TRUSTEE ...............................27
       5.05     DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS.......................29
       5.06     COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES....................................29
       5.07     NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA...............................29
       5.08     LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS...................29
       5.09     RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN).............29
       5.10     DEGREE OF CARE - LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY....................30
       5.11     INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE
                (OR CUSTODIAN)...............................................30
       5.12     INVESTMENT MANAGERS..........................................31
       5.13     [Intentionally Omitted]......................................31
       5.14     DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT......................31

SECTION SIX     VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION.....................................32
       6.01     DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT..................................32
       6.02     FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT........................37
       6.03     DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT................38
       6.04     FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY..........................39
       6.05     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS......................39
       6.06     DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS....................................44
       6.07     ANNUITY CONTRACTS............................................49
       6.08     LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS........................................49
       6.09     DISTRIBUTION IN KIND.........................................51
       6.10     DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER
                DISTRIBUTIONS................................................51
       6.11     PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR
                BENEFICIARIES................................................52

SECTION SEVEN   CLAIMS PROCEDURE.............................................52
       7.01     FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS........................52
       7.02     DENIAL OF CLAIM..............................................52
       7.03     REMEDIES AVAILABLE...........................................52

SECTION EIGHT   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR...........................................53
       8.01     EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR...............................53
       8.02     POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR..................53

<PAGE>

       8.03     EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION....................................54
       8.04     INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER....................................54

SECTION NINE    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION....................................55
       9.01     RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN.................55
       9.02     RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN..........................55
       9.03     LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND.................................55
       9.04     AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE................................56
       9.05     PERMANENCY...................................................56
       9.06     METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION.........................56
       9.07     CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER....................57
       9.08     FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION................................57

SECTION TEN     MISCELLANEOUS................................................57
       10.01    STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS................................57
       10.02    HEADINGS.....................................................57
       10.03    GENDER AND NUMBER............................................57
       10.04    PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.................................57
       10.05    STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT................................57
       10.06    GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES...........................58
       10.07    AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC...................................58
       10.08    DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS............................58
       10.09    SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES......................60
       10.10    INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS...................................60
       10.11    CANNOT ELIMINATE PROTECTED BENEFITS..........................61

SECTION ELEVEN  401(k) PROVISIONS............................................61
       11.01    DEFINITIONS..................................................61
       11.02    ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP).............................61
       11.03    AGGREGATE LIMIT..............................................62
       11.04    AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP)........................62
       11.05    CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT.....................................62
       11.06    CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE......................................62
       11.07    CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS..............................62
       11.08    ELECTIVE DEFERRALS...........................................62
       11.09    ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT.........................................63
       11.10    EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS...............................63
       11.11    EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.........................................63
       11.12    EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS....................................64
       11.13    MATCHING CONTRIBUTION........................................64
       11.14    QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS..........................64
       11.15    QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.............................64
       11.16    QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT..........................64

<PAGE>

       11.17    CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT.....................................64
       11.18    REQUIREMENTS TO ENROLL AS A CONTRIBUTING
                PARTICIPANT..................................................64
       11.19    CHANGING ELECTIVE DEFERRAL AMOUNTS...........................65
       11.20    CEASING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS...................................65
       11.21    RETURN AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT AFTER
                CEASING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS...................................65
       11.22    CERTAIN ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS.......................65
       11.23    CONTRIBUTIONS................................................66
       11.24    CONTRIBUTIONS BY EMPLOYER....................................66
       11.25    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................66
       11.26    QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS..........................66
       11.27    QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.............................66
       11.28    NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.........................66
       11.29    NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING....................................67
       11.30    ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST (ADP)........................67
       11.31    LIMITS ON NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
                AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS...................................68
       11.32    DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS......................................70
       11.33    GENERAL RULE.................................................70
       11.34    DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS....................................70
       11.35    HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION........................................71
       11.36    DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS....................71
       11.37    DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.........................72
       11.38    DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS...............73
       11.39    RECHARACTERIZATION...........................................74
       11.40    DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS IF EXCESS
                ANNUAL ADDITIONS.............................................74
       11.41    VESTING......................................................74
       11.42    100% VESTING ON CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS........................74
       11.43    FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING
                CONTRIBUTIONS................................................74

<PAGE>

           QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
           Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document 04
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION ONE                    DEFINITIONS

           The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial
           capital letters shall, for the purpose of this Plan, have the
           meanings set forth below unless the context indicates that other
           meanings are intended:

1.01       ADOPTION AGREEMENT

           Means the document executed by the Employer through which it adopts
           the Plan and Trust and thereby agrees to be bound by all terms and
           conditions of the Plan and Trust.

1.02       BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

           Means this prototype Plan and Trust document.

1.03       BENEFICIARY

           Means the individual or individuals designated pursuant to Section
           6.03(A) of the Plan.

1.04       BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

           Means a 12-consecutive-month period which coincides with an
           Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee fails to
           complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of
           Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this
           purpose).

1.05       BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE

           Means a Plan Year (or other vesting computation period described in
           Section 1.50) during which an Employee fails to complete more than
           500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service
           specified in this Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

1.06       CODE

           Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time.

1.07       COMPENSATION

           A.        BASIC DEFINITION

                     For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the
                     following definition of Compensation shall apply:

                     As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and
                     if no election is made, W-2 wages will be deemed to have
                     been selected), Compensation shall mean one of the
                     following:

                     1.        W-2 wages. Compensation is defined as information
                               required to be reported under Sections 6041,
                               6051, and 6052 of the Code (Wages, tips and other
                               compensation as reported on Form W-2).
                               Compensation is defined as wages within the
                               meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all
                               other payments of compensation to an Employee by
                               the Employer (in the

                                       -1-
<PAGE>

                               course of the Employer's trade or business) for
                               which the Employer is required to furnish the
                               Employee a statement under Sections 6041(d) and
                               6051(a)(3), and 6052 of the Code. Compensation
                               must be determined without regard to any rules
                               under Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration
                               included in wages based on the nature or location
                               of the employment or the services performed (such
                               as the exception for agricultural labor in
                               Section 3401(a)(2)).

                     2.        Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as
                               wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of
                               the Code, for the purposes of income tax
                               withholding at the source but determined without
                               regard to any rules that limit the remuneration
                               included in wages based on the nature or location
                               of the employment or the services performed (such
                               as the exception for agricultural labor in
                               Section 3401(a)(2)).

                     3.        415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is
                               defined as wages, salaries, and fees for
                               professional services and other amounts received
                               (without regard to whether or not an amount is
                               paid in cash) for personal services actually
                               rendered in the course of employment with the
                               Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that
                               the amounts are includible in gross income
                               (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
                               salesmen, compensation for services on the basis
                               of a percentage of profits, commissions on
                               insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
                               benefits, and reimbursements or other expense
                               allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
                               described in 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the
                               following:

                               a.         Employer contributions to a plan of
                                          deferred compensation which are not
                                          includible in the Employee's gross
                                          income for the taxable year in which
                                          contributed, or employer contributions
                                          under a simplified employee pension
                                          plan to the extent such contributions
                                          are deductible by the Employee, or any
                                          distributions from a plan of deferred
                                          compensation;

                               b.         Amounts realized from the exercise of
                                          a nonqualified stock option, or when
                                          restricted stock (or property) held by
                                          the Employee either becomes freely
                                          transferable or is no longer subject
                                          to a substantial risk of forfeiture,

                               c.         Amounts realized from the sale,
                                          exchange or other disposition of stock
                                          acquired under a qualified stock
                                          option; and

                               d.         Other amounts which received special
                                          tax benefits, or contributions made by
                                          the Employer (whether or not under a
                                          salary reduction agreement) towards
                                          the purchase of an annuity contract
                                          described in Section 403(b) of the
                                          Code (whether or not the contributions
                                          are actually excludable from the gross
                                          income of the Employee).

                     For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan,
                     Compensation will mean Earned Income.

           B.        DETERMINATION PERIOD AND OTHER RULES

                     Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is
                     actually paid to the Participant during the determination
                     period. Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan the
                     determination period shall be the Plan Year unless the
                     Employer has selected another period in the Adoption
                     Agreement. If the Employer makes no election, the
                     determination period shall be the Plan Year.

                     Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement,
                     Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed
                     by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
                     and which is not

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

                     includible in the gross income of the Employee under
                     Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the
                     Code.

                     Where this Plan is being adopted as an amendment and
                     restatement to bring a Prior Plan into compliance with the
                     Tax Reform Act of 1986, such Prior Plan's definition of
                     Compensation shall apply for Plan Years beginning before
                     January 1, 1989.

           C.        LIMITS ON COMPENSATION

                     For years beginning after December 31,1988 and before
                     January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
                     Participant taken into account for determining all benefits
                     provided under the Plan for any determination period shall
                     not exceed $200,000. This limitation shall be adjusted by
                     the Secretary at the same time and in the same manner as
                     under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that the dollar
                     increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is
                     effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year
                     and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is
                     effective on January 1, 1990.

                     For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
                     annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account
                     for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for
                     any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for
                     increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Section
                     401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The
                     cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year
                     applies to any determination period beginning in such
                     calendar year.

                     If the period for determining Compensation used in
                     calculating an Employee's allocation for a determination
                     period is a short Plan Year (I.E., shorter than 12 months),
                     the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the
                     otherwise applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied
                     by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
                     months in the short Plan Year, and the denominator of which
                     is 12.

                     In determining the Compensation of a Participant for
                     purposes of this limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6)
                     of the Code shall apply, except in applying such rules, the
                     term "family" shall include only the spouse of the
                     Participant and any lineal descendants of the Participant
                     who have not attained age 19 before the close of the year.
                     If, as a result of the application of such rules the
                     adjusted $200,000 limitation is exceeded, then (except for
                     purposes of determining the portion of Compensation up to
                     the integration level, if this Plan provides for permitted
                     disparity), the limitation shall be prorated among the
                     affected individuals in proportion to each such
                     individual's Compensation as determined under this Section
                     prior to the application of this limitation.

                     If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken
                     into account in determining an Employee's allocations or
                     benefit for the current determination period, the
                     Compensation for such prior determination period is subject
                     to the applicable annual Compensation limit in effect for
                     that prior period. For this purpose, in determining
                     allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January l,
                     1989, the annual Compensation limit in effect for
                     determination periods beginning before that date is
                     $200,000. In addition, in determining allocations in Plan
                     Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual
                     Compensation limit in effect for determination periods
                     beginning before that date is $150,000.

1.08       CUSTODIAN

           Means an entity specified in the Adoption Agreement as Custodian or
           any duly appointed successor as provided in Section 5.09.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

1.09       DISABILITY

           Unless the Employer has elected a different definition in the
           Adoption Agreement, Disability means the inability to engage in any
           substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable
           physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death
           or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous
           period of not less than 12 months. The permanence and degree of such
           impairment shall be supported by medical evidence.

1.10       EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

           Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan will not
           have an Early Retirement Age if none is specified in the Adoption
           Agreement.

1.11       EARNED INCOME

           Means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business
           with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal
           services of the individual are a material income-producing factor.
           Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included
           in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net
           earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified
           plan to the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

           Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed
           to the Employer by Section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years
           beginning after December 31, 1989.

1.12       EFFECTIVE DATE

           Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the
           Adoption Agreement However, as indicated in the Adoption Agreement,
           certain provisions may have specific effective dates. Further, where
           a separate date is stated in the Plan as of which a particular Plan
           provision becomes effective, such date will control with respect to
           that provision.

1.13       ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD

           An Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be the
           12-consecutive-month period commencing on the Employee's Employment
           Commencement Date. The Employee's subsequent Eligibility Computation
           Periods shall be the 12-consecutive-month periods commencing on the
           anniversaries of his or her Employment Commencement Date; provided,
           however, if pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, an Employee is
           required to complete one or less Years of Eligibility Service to
           become a Participant, then his or her subsequent Eligibility
           Computation Periods shall be the Plan Years commencing with the Plan
           Year Eligibility Service before the end of the 12-consecutive-month
           period regardless of when during such period the Employee completes
           the required number of Hours of Service.

1.14       EMPLOYEE

           Means any person employed by an Employer maintaining the Plan or of
           any other employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under
           Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

           The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be
           an Employee of any Employer described in the previous paragraph as
           provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

1.15       EMPLOYER

           Means any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other
           entity named in the Adoption Agreement and any successor who by
           merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise assumes the obligations
           of the Plan. A partnership is considered to be the Employer of each
           of the partners and a sole proprietorship is considered to be the
           Employer of a sole proprietor. Where this Plan is being maintained by
           a union or other entity that represents its member Employees in the
           negotiation of collective bargaining agreements, the term Employer
           shall mean such union or other entity.

1.16       EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION

           Means the amount contributed by the Employer each year as determined
           under this Plan.

1.17       EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE

           An Employee's Employment Commencement date means the date the
           Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

1.18       EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION

           Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the Section of the
           Adoption Agreement titled "Employer Profit Sharing Contributions."
           The Employer may make Employer Profit Sharing Contributions without
           regard to current or accumulated earnings or profits.

1.19       ENTRY DATES

           Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh
           month of the Plan Year, unless the Employer has specified different
           dates in the Adoption Agreement.

1.20       ERISA

           Means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended
           from time to time.

1.21       FORFEITURE

           Means that portion of a Participant's Individual Account derived from
           Employer Contributions which he or she is not entitled to receive
           (I.E., the nonvested portion).

1.22       FUND

           Means the Plan assets held by the Trustee for the Participants'
           exclusive benefit.

1.23       HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE

           The term Highly Compensated Employee includes highly compensated
           active employees and highly compensated former employees.

           A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who
           performs service for the Employer during the determination year and
           who, during the look-back year: (a) received Compensation from the
           Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d)
           of the Code); (b) received Compensation from the Employer in excess
           of $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) and
           was a member of

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

           the top-paid group for such year; or (c) was an officer of the
           Employer and received Compensation during such year that is greater
           than 50% of the dollar limitation in effect under Section
           415(b)(1)(A) of the Code. The term Highly Compensated Employee also
           includes: (a) Employees who are both described in the preceding
           sentence if the term "determination year" is substituted for the term
           "look-back year" and the Employee is one of the 100 Employees who
           received the most Compensation from the Employer during the
           determination year; and (b) Employees who are 5% owners at any time
           during the look-back year or determination year.

           If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of (c) above
           during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest
           paid officer for such year shall be treated as a Highly Compensated
           Employee.

           For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year. The
           look-back year shall be the 12 month period immediately preceding
           this determination year.

           A highly compensated former employee includes any Employee who
           separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the
           determination year, performs no service for the Employer during the
           determination year, and was a highly compensated active employee for
           either the separation year or any determination year ending on or
           after the Employee's 55th birthday.

           If an Employee is, during a determination year or look-back year, a
           family member of either a 5% owner who is an active or former
           Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the 10 most
           Highly Compensated Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid
           by the Employer during such year, then the family member and the 5%
           owner or top 10 Highly Compensated Employee shall be aggregated. In
           such case, the family member and a 5% owner or top 10 Highly
           Compensated Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving
           Compensation and Plan contributions or benefits equal to the sum of
           such Compensation and contributions or benefits of the family member
           and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of
           this Section, family member includes the spouse, lineal ascendants
           and descendants of the Employee or former Employee and the spouses of
           such lineal ascendants and descendants.

           The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including
           the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the
           top-paid group, the top 100 Employees, the number of Employees
           treated as officers and the Compensation that is considered, will be
           made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and the
           regulations thereunder.

1.24       HOURS OF SERVICE - MEANS

           A.        Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                     payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer.
                     These hours will be credited to the Employee for the
                     computation period in which the duties are performed; and

           B.        Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                     payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time
                     during which no duties are performed (irrespective of
                     whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to
                     vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
                     disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
                     absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited
                     under this paragraph for any single continuous period
                     (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation
                     period). Hours under this paragraph shall be calculated and
                     credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department
                     of Labor Regulations which is incorporated herein by this
                     reference; and

           C.        Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                     damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.
                     The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under
                     paragraph (A) or paragraph (B), as the case may be, and
                     under this paragraph (C). These hours will be credited to
                     the

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

                     Employee for the computation period to which the award or
                     agreement pertains rather than the computation period or
                     periods to which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

           D.        Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in
                     Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service has
                     occurred in a computation period (the computation period
                     for purposes of determining whether a Break in Vesting
                     Service has occurred is the Plan Year or other vesting
                     computation period described in Section 1.50), an
                     individual who is absent from work for maternity or
                     paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of
                     Service which would otherwise have been credited to such
                     individual but for such absence, or in any case in which
                     such hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per day
                     of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence
                     from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an
                     absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual,
                     (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3)
                     by reason of the placement of a child with the individual
                     in connection with the adoption of such child by such
                     individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child
                     for a period beginning immediately following such birth or
                     placement. The Hours of Service credited under this
                     paragraph shall be credited (1) in the Eligibility
                     Computation Period or Plan Year or other vesting
                     contribution period described in Section 1.50 in which the
                     absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a
                     Break in Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service
                     in the applicable period, or (2) in all other cases, in the
                     following Eligibility Computation Period or Plan Year or
                     other vesting computation period described in Section 1.50.

           E.        Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other
                     members of an affiliated service group (under Section
                     414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of corporations
                     (under Section 414(b) of the Code), or a group of trades or
                     businesses under common control (under Section 414(c) of
                     the Code) of which the adopting Employer is a member, and
                     any other entity required to be aggregated with the
                     Employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Code and the
                     regulations thereunder.

                     Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
                     considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code
                     Section 414(n) or 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

           F.        Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor
                     employer, service for such predecessor employer shall be
                     treated as service for the Employer.

           G.        The above method for determining Hours of Service may be
                     altered as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.25       INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT

           Means the account established and maintained under this Plan for each
           Participant in accordance with Section 4.01.

1.26       INVESTMENT FUND

           Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to Section 5.05.

1.27       KEY EMPLOYEE

           Means any person who is determined to be a Key Employee under Section
           10.08.

                                       -7-
<PAGE>

1.28       LEASED EMPLOYEE

           Means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient) who
           pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person
           ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or
           for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with
           Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full time basis for
           a period of at least one year, and such services are of a type
           historically performed by Employees in the business field of the
           recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased
           Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to
           services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as
           provided by the recipient Employer.

           A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the
           Recipient if: (1) such employee is covered by a money purchase
           pension plan providing: (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution
           rate of at least 10% of compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3)
           of the Code, but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary
           reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross
           income under Section 125, Section 402(e)(34), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or
           Section 4093(b) of the Code, (b) immediate participation, and (c)
           full and immediate vesting; and (2) Leased Employees do not
           constitute more than 20% of the recipient's nonhighly compensated
           work force.

1.29       NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

           Means any contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a
           Participant that is included in the Participant's gross income in the
           year in which made and that is maintained under a separate account to
           which earnings and losses are allocated.

1.30       NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

           Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. However, if the
           Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age which is less than the
           Normal Retirement Age, such mandatory age is deemed to be the Normal
           Retirement Age. If no age is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
           Normal Retirement Age shall be age 65.

1.31       OWNER - EMPLOYEE

           Means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a partner
           owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits interest of the
           partnership.

1.32       PARTICIPANT

           Means any Employee or former Employee of the Employer who has met the
           Plan's eligibility requirements, has entered the Plan and who is or
           may become eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan
           or whose Beneficiary may be eligible to receive any such benefit.

1.33       PLAN

           Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the
           Employer. The Plan consists of the Basic Plan Document plus the
           corresponding Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by the
           Employer.

1.34       PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

           Means the person or persons determined to be the Plan Administrator
           in accordance with Section 8.01.

                                       -8-
<PAGE>

1.35       PLAN YEAR

           Means the 12 consecutive month period which coincides with the
           Employer's fiscal year or such other 12 consecutive month period as
           is designated in the Adoption Agreement.

1.36       PRIOR PLAN

           Means a plan which was amended or replaced by adoption of this Plan
           document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

1.37       PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

           Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement that makes this
           prototype plan available to employers for adoption.

1.38       QUALIFYING PARTICIPANT

           Means a Participant who has satisfied the requirements described in
           Section 3.01(B)(2) to be entitled to share in any Employer
           Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a Plan Year.

1.39       RELATED EMPLOYER

           Means an employer that may be required to be aggregated with the
           Employer adopting this Plan for certain qualification requirements
           under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (or any other
           employer that has ownership in common with the Employer). A Related
           Employer may participate in this Plan if so indicated in the Section
           of the Adoption Agreement titled "Employer Information" or if such
           Related Employer executes a Related Employer Participation Agreement.

1.40       RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

           Means the agreement under this prototype Plan that a Related Employer
           may execute to participate in this Plan.

1.41       SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL

           Means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from
           the trade or business for which the Plan is established; also, an
           individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the
           trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

1.42       SEPARATE FUND

           Means a subdivision of the Fund held in the name of a particular
           Participant representing certain assets held for that Participant.
           The assets which comprise a Participant's Separate Fund are those
           assets earmarked for him or her and those assets subject to the
           Participant's individual direction pursuant to Section 5.14.

1.43       TAXABLE WAGE BASE

           Means, with respect to any taxable year, the contribution and benefit
           base in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the
           beginning of the Plan Year.

                                       -9-
<PAGE>

1.44       TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

           A Termination of Employment of an Employee of an Employer shall occur
           whenever his or her status as an Employee of such Employer ceases for
           any reason other than death. An Employee who does not return to work
           for the Employer on or before the expiration of an authorized leave
           of absence from such Employer shall be deemed to have incurred a
           Termination of Employment when such leave ends.

1.45       TOP-HEAVY PLAN

           This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined
           to be such pursuant to Section 10.08.

1.46       TRUSTEE

           Means an individual, individuals or corporation specified in the
           Adoption Agreement as Trustee or any duly appointed successor as
           provided in Section 5.09. Trustee shall mean Custodian in the event
           the financial organization named as Trustee does not have full trust
           powers.

1.47       VALUATION DATE

           Means the date or dates as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If no
           date is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Valuation Date shall
           be the last day of the Plan Year and each other date designated by
           the Plan Administrator which is selected in a uniform and
           nondiscriminatory manner when the assets of the Fund are valued at
           their then fair market value.

1.48       VESTED

           Means nonforfeitable, that is, a claim which is unconditional and
           legally enforceable against the Plan obtained by a Participant or the
           Participant's Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred
           benefit under the Plan which arises from a Participant's Years of
           Vesting Service.

1.49       YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

           Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an
           Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee completes at
           least 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of
           Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose). An
           Employee does not complete a Year of Eligibility Service before the
           end of the 12 consecutive month period regardless of when during such
           period the Employee completes the required number of Hours of
           Service.

1.50       YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE

           Means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least 1,000
           Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified
           in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose). Notwithstanding the
           preceding sentence, where the Employer so indicates in the Adoption
           Agreement, vesting shall be computed by reference to the 12
           consecutive month period beginning with the Employee's Employment
           Commencement Date and each successive 12 month period commencing on
           the anniversaries thereof.

           In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive Breaks in
           Vesting Service, all Years of Vesting Service after such Breaks in
           Vesting Service will be disregarded for the purpose of determining
           the Vested portion of his or her Individual Account derived from
           Employer Contributions that accrued before such breaks. Such
           Participant's prebreak service will count in vesting the postbreak
           Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions only if
           either:

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

           (A)       such Participant had any Vested right to any portion of his
                     or her Individual Account derived from Employer
                     Contributions at the time of his or her Termination of
                     Employment; or

           (B)       upon returning to service, the number of consecutive Breaks
                     in Vesting Service is less than his or her number of Years
                     of Vesting Service before such breaks.

           Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's
           prebreak and postbreak portions of his or her Individual Account
           derived from Employer Contributions. Both subaccounts will share in
           the gains and losses of the Fund.

           Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time
           excluded from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption Agreement.

           In the event the Plan Year is changed to a new 12-month period,
           Employees shall receive credit for Years of Vesting Service, in
           accordance with the preceding provisions of this definition, for each
           of the Plan Years (the old and new Plan Years) which overlap as a
           result of such change.

SECTION TWO                    ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.01       ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE

           Each Employee of the Employer, except those Employees who belong to a
           class of Employees which is excluded from participation as indicated
           in the Adoption Agreement, shall be eligible to participate in this
           Plan upon the satisfaction of the age and Years of Eligibility
           Service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

2.02       PLAN ENTRY

           A.        If this Plan is a replacement of a Prior Plan by amendment
                     or restatement, each Employee of the Employer who was a
                     Participant in said Prior Plan before the Effective Date
                     shall continue to be a Participant in this Plan.

           B.        An Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as of the
                     Effective Date if the Employee has met the eligibility
                     requirements of Section 2.01 as of such date. After the
                     Effective Date, each Employee shall become a Participant on
                     the first Entry Date following the date the Employee
                     satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01
                     unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

           C.        The Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee who
                     becomes eligible to be a Participant under this Plan and
                     shall furnish the Employee with the application form,
                     enrollment forms or other documents which are required of
                     Participants. The eligible Employee shall execute such
                     forms or documents and make available such information as
                     may be required in the administration of the Plan.

2.03       TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS

           If an Employee who had been a Participant becomes ineligible to
           participate because he or she is no longer a member of an eligible
           class of Employees, but has not incurred a Break in Eligibility
           Service, such Employee shall participate immediately upon his or her
           return to an eligible class of Employees. If such Employee incurs a
           Break in Eligibility Service, his or her eligibility to participate
           shall be determined by Section 2.04.

           An Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees
           will become a Participant immediately upon becoming a member of the
           eligible class provided such Employee has satisfied the age and Years
           of

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

           Eligibility Service requirements. If such Employee has not satisfied
           the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements as of the date
           he or she becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee shall
           become a Participant on the first Entry Date following the date he or
           she satisfies those requirements unless otherwise indicated in the
           Adoption Agreement.

2.04       RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

           A.        EMPLOYEE NOT PARTICIPANT BEFORE BREAK - If an Employee
                     incurs a Break in Eligibility Service before satisfying the
                     Plan's eligibility requirements, such Employee's Years of
                     Eligibility Service before such Break in Eligibility
                     Service will not be taken into account.

           B.        NONVESTED PARTICIPANTS - In the case of a Participant who
                     does not have a Vested interest in his or her Individual
                     Account derived from Employer Contributions, Years of
                     Eligibility Service before a period of consecutive Breaks
                     in Eligibility Service will not be taken into account for
                     eligibility purposes if the number of consecutive Breaks in
                     Eligibility Service in such period equals or exceeds the
                     greater of 5 or the aggregate number of Years of
                     Eligibility Service before such break. Such aggregate
                     number of Years of Eligibility Service will not include any
                     Years of Eligibility Service disregarded under the
                     preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks.

                     If a Participant's Years of Eligibility Service are
                     disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such
                     Participant will be treated as a New Employee for
                     eligibility purposes. If a Participant's Years of
                     Eligibility Service may not be disregarded pursuant to the
                     preceding paragraph, such Participant shall continue to
                     participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, shall
                     participate immediately upon reemployment.

           C.        VESTED PARTICIPANTS - A Participant who has sustained a
                     Break in Eligibility Service and who had a Vested interest
                     in all or a portion of his or her Individual Account
                     derived from Employer Contributions shall continue to
                     participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, shall
                     participate immediately upon reemployment.

2.05       DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION

           The Plan Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each
           Employee to be a Participant. This determination shall be conclusive
           and binding upon all persons except as otherwise provided herein or
           by law.

2.06       TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

           Neither the fact of the establishment of the Plan nor the fact that a
           common law Employee has become a Participant shall give to that
           common law Employee any right to continued employment; nor shall
           either fact limit the right of the Employer to discharge or to deal
           otherwise with a common law Employee without regard to the effect
           such treatment may have upon the Employee's rights under the Plan.

2.07       SPECIAL RULES WHERE ELAPSED TIME METHOD IS BEING USED

           This Section 2.07 shall apply where the Employer has indicated in the
           Adoption Agreement that the elapsed time method will be used. When
           this Section applies, the definitions of year of service, break in
           service and hour of service in this Section will replace the
           definitions of Year of Eligibility Service, Year of Vesting Service,
           Break in Eligibility Service, Break in Vesting Service and Hours of
           Service found in the Definitions Section of the Plan (Section One).

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

           For purposes of determining an Employee's initial or continued
           eligibility to participate in the Plan or the Vested interest in the
           Participant's Individual Account balance derived from Employer
           Contributions (except for periods of service which may be disregarded
           on account of the "rule of parity " described in Sections 1.50 and
           2.04) an Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time
           period(s) commencing with the Employee's first day of employment or
           reemployment and ending on the date a break in service begins. The
           first day of employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee
           performs an hour of service. An Employee will also receive credit for
           any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months.
           Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.

           For purposes of this Section, hour of service will mean each hour for
           which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance
           of duties for the Employer. Break in service is a period of severance
           of at least 12 consecutive months. Period of severance is a
           continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed
           by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires,
           quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12 month anniversary of
           the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from
           service.

           In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or
           paternity reasons, the 12 consecutive month period beginning on the
           first anniversary of the first date of such absence' shall not
           constitute a break in service. For purposes of this paragraph, an
           absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence
           (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of
           the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the
           placement of a child with the individual in connection with the
           adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of
           caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following
           such birth or placement.

           Each Employee will share in Employer Contributions for the period
           beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the
           Plan and ending on the date on which such Employee severs employment
           with the Employer or is no longer a member of an eligible class of
           Employees.

           If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (under
           Section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of corporations
           (under Section 414(b) of the Code), a group of trades or businesses
           under common control (under Section 414(c) of the Code), or any other
           entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
           Section 414(o) of the Code, service will be credited for any
           employment for any period of time for any other member of such group.
           Service will also be credited for any individual required under
           Section 414(n) or Section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of any
           Employer aggregated under Section 414(b), (c), or (m) of the Code.

2.08       ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

           This Section 2.08 will apply if this Plan is a nonstandardized plan
           and the Adoption Agreement so provides. If this Section applies, then
           an Employee or a Participant may elect not to participate in the Plan
           for one or more Plan Years. The Employer may not contribute for an
           Employee or Participant for any Plan Year during which such
           Employee's or Participant's election not to participate is in effect.
           Any election not to participate must be in writing and filed with the
           Plan Administrator.

           The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
           nondiscriminatory rules as it deems necessary or advisable to carry
           out the terms of this Section, including, but not limited to, rules
           prescribing the timing of the filing of elections not to participate
           and the procedures for electing to re-participate in the Plan.

           An Employee or Participant continues to earn credit for vesting and
           eligibility purposes for each Year of Vesting Service or Year of
           Eligibility Service he or she completes and his or her Individual
           Account (if any) will share in the gains or losses of the Fund during
           the periods he or she elects not to participate.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

SECTION THREE                  CONTRIBUTIONS

3.01       EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

           A.        OBLIGATION TO CONTRIBUTE - The Employer shall make
                     contributions to the Plan in accordance with the
                     contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement.
                     If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the Employer shall,
                     in its sole discretion, make contributions without regard
                     to current or accumulated earnings or profits.

           B.        ALLOCATION FORMULA AND THE RIGHT TO SHARE IN THE EMPLOYER
                     CONTRIBUTION -

                     1.        General - The Employer Contribution for any Plan
                               Year will be allocated or contributed to the
                               Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants in
                               accordance with the allocation or contribution
                               formula specified in the Adoption Agreement. The
                               Employer Contribution for any Plan Year will be
                               allocated to each Participant's Individual
                               Account as of the last day of that Plan Year.

                               Any Employer Contribution for a Plan Year must
                               satisfy Section 401(a)(4) and the regulations
                               thereunder for such Plan Year.

                     2.        Qualifying Participants - A Participant is a
                               Qualifying Participant and is entitled to share
                               in the Employer Contribution for any Plan Year if
                               the Participant was a Participant on at least one
                               day during the Plan Year and satisfies any
                               additional conditions specified in the Adoption
                               Agreement. If this Plan is a standardized plan,
                               unless the Employer specifies more favorable
                               conditions in the Adoption Agreement, a
                               Participant will not be a qualifying Participant
                               for a Plan Year if he or she incurs a Termination
                               of Employment during such Plan Year with not more
                               than 500 Hours of Service if he or she is not an
                               Employee on the last day of the Plan Year. The
                               determination of whether a Participant is
                               entitled to share in the Employer Contribution
                               shall be made as of the last day of each Plan
                               Year.

                     3.        Special Rules for Integrated Plans - This Plan
                               may not allocate contributions based on an
                               integrated formula if the Employer maintains any
                               other plan that provides for allocation of
                               contributions based on an integrated formula that
                               benefits any of the same Participants. If the
                               Employer has selected the integrated contribution
                               or allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement,
                               then the maximum disparity rate shall be
                               determined in accordance with the following
                               table.

                             MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Top-Heavy                        Nonstandardized and
Integration Level                            Money Purchase              Profit Sharing                Non-Top-Heavy Profit Sharing
- -------------------------------------- --------------------------  -------------------------- -------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                         <C>                                  <C> 
Taxable Wage Base (TWB)                           5.7%                        2.7%                                 5.7%

More than $0 but not more                         5.7%                        2.7%                                 5.7%
than 20% of TWB

More than 20% of TWB but                          4.3%                        1.3%                                 4.3%
not more than 80% of TWB

More than 80% of TWB but
not more than TWB                                 5.4%                        2.4%                                 5.4%
</TABLE>

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

           C.        ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES - Forfeitures for a Plan Year
                     which arise as a result of the application of Section
                     6.01(D) shall be allocated as follows:

                     1.        Profit Sharing Plan - If this is a profit sharing
                               plan, unless the Adoption Agreement indicates
                               otherwise, Forfeitures shall be allocated in the
                               manner provided in Section 3.01(B) (for Employer
                               Contributions) to the Individual Accounts of
                               Qualifying Participants who are entitled to share
                               in the Employer Contribution for such Plan Year.
                               Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day
                               of the Plan Year during which the Forfeiture
                               arose (or any subsequent Plan Year if indicated
                               in the Adoption Agreement).

                     2.        Money Purchase Pension and Target Benefit Plan -
                               If this Plan is a money purchase plan or a target
                               benefit plan, unless the Adoption Agreement
                               indicates otherwise, Forfeitures shall be applied
                               towards the reduction of Employer Contributions
                               to the Plan. Forfeitures shall be allocated as of
                               the last day of the Plan Year during which the
                               Forfeiture arose (or any subsequent Plan Year if
                               indicated in the Adoption Agreement).

           D.        TIMING OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION - The Employer Contribution
                     for each Plan Year shall be delivered to the Trustee (or
                     Custodian, if applicable not later than the due date for
                     filing the Employer's income tax return for its fiscal year
                     in which the Plan Year ends, including extensions thereof.

           E.        MINIMUM ALLOCATION FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS - The contribution
                     and allocation provisions of this Section 3.01(E) shall
                     apply for any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is
                     a Top-Heavy Plan.

                     1.        Except as otherwise provided in (3) and (4)
                               below, the Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                               allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not
                               a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser
                               of 3% of such Participant's Compensation or (in
                               the case where the Employer has no defined
                               benefit plan which designates this Plan to
                               satisfy Section 401 of the Code) the largest
                               percentage of Employer Contributions and
                               Forfeitures, as a percentage of the first
                               $200,000 ($150,000 for Plan Years beginning after
                               December 31, 1993), (increased by any cost of
                               living adjustment made by the Secretary of
                               Treasury or the Secretary's delegate) of the Key
                               Employee's Compensation, allocated on behalf of
                               any Key Employee for that year. The minimum
                               allocation is determined without regard to any
                               Social Security contribution. The Employer may,
                               in the Adoption Agreement, limit the Participants
                               who are entitled to receive the minimum
                               allocation. This minimum allocation shall be made
                               even though under other Plan provisions, the
                               Participant would not otherwise be entitled to
                               receive an allocation, or would have received a
                               lesser allocation for the year because of (a) the
                               Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of
                               Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan),
                               or (b) the Participant's failure to make
                               mandatory Nondeductible Employee Contributions to
                               the Plan, or (c) Compensation less than a stated
                               amount.

                     2.        For purposes of computing the minimum allocation,
                               Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined
                               in Section 1.07 of the Plan and shall include any
                               amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
                               salary reduction agreement and which is not
                               includible in the gross income of the Employee
                               under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or
                               403(b) of the Code even if the Employer has
                               elected to exclude such contributions in the
                               definition of Compensation used for other
                               purposes under the Plan.

                     3.        The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any
                               Participant who was not employed by the Employer
                               on the last day of the Plan Year.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                     4.        The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any
                               Participant to the extent the Participant is
                               covered under any other plan or plans of the
                               Employer and the Employer has provided in the
                               adoption agreement that the minimum allocation or
                               benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans
                               will be met in the other plan or plans.

                     5.        The minimum allocation required under this
                               Section 3.01(E) and Section 3.01(F)(1) (to the
                               extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code
                               Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code
                               Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

           F.        SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PAIRED PLANS - The Employer
                     maintains paired plans if the Employer has adopted both a
                     standardized profit sharing plan and a standardized money
                     purchase pension plan using this Basic Plan Document.

                     1.        Minimum Allocation - When the paired plans are
                               top-heavy, the top-heavy requirements set forth
                               in Section 3.01(E)(1) of the Plan shall apply.

                               a.         Same eligibility requirements. In
                                          satisfying the top-heavy minimum
                                          allocation requirements set forth in
                                          Section 3.01(E) of the Plan, if the
                                          Employees benefiting under each of the
                                          paired plans are not identical, the
                                          top-heavy minimum allocation shall be
                                          made to the money purchase pension
                                          plan.

                               b.         Different eligibility requirements. In
                                          satisfying the top-heavy minimum
                                          allocation requirements set forth in
                                          Section 3.01(E) of the Plan, if the
                                          Employees benefiting under each of the
                                          paired plans are not identical, the
                                          top-heavy minimum allocation will be
                                          made to both of the paired plans.

                                          A Participant is treated as benefiting
                                          under the Plan for any Plan Year
                                          during which the Participant received
                                          or is deemed to receive an allocation
                                          in accordance with Section
                                          1.410(b)-3(a).

                     2.        Only One Plan Can Be Integrated - If the Employer
                               maintains paired plans, only one of the Plans may
                               provide for the disparity in contributions which
                               is permitted under Section 401(l) of the Code. In
                               the event that both Adoption Agreements provide
                               for such integration, only the money purchase
                               pension plan shall be deemed to be integrated.

           G.        RETURN OF THE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION TO THE EMPLOYER UNDER
                     SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES - Any contribution made by the
                     Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to
                     the Employer within one year of the contribution.

                     In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
                     determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under
                     the Code, any contributions made incident to that initial
                     qualification by the Employer must be returned to the
                     Employer within one year after the date the initial
                     qualification is denied, but only if the application for
                     qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for
                     filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which
                     the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of
                     the Treasury may prescribe.

                     In the event that a contribution made by the Employer under
                     this Plan is conditioned on deductibility and is not
                     deductible under Code Section 404, the contribution, to the
                     extent of the amount disallowed, must be returned to the
                     Employer within one year after the deduction is disallowed.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

           H.        OMISSION OF PARTICIPANT

                     1.        If the Plan is a money purchase plan or a target
                               benefit plan and, if in any Plan Year, any
                               Employee who should be included as a Participant
                               is erroneously omitted and discovery of such
                               omission is not made until after a contribution
                               by the Employer for the year has been made and
                               allocated, the Employer shall make a subsequent
                               contribution to include earnings thereon, with
                               respect to the omitted Employee in the amount
                               which the Employer would have contributed with
                               respect to that Employee had he or she not been
                               omitted.

                     2.        If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, and if in
                               any Plan Year, any Employee who should be
                               included as a Participant is erroneously omitted
                               and discovery of such omission is not made until
                               after the Employer Contribution has been made and
                               allocated, then the Plan Administrator must re-do
                               the allocation (if a correction can be made) and
                               inform the Employee. Alternatively, the Employer
                               may choose to contribute for the omitted Employee
                               the amount to include earnings thereon, which the
                               Employer would have contributed for the Employee.

3.02       NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

           This Plan will not accept Nondeductible Employee Contributions and
           matching contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year
           in which this Plan is adopted by the Employer. Nondeductible Employee
           Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986,
           together with any matching contributions as defined in Section 401(m)
           of the Code, will be limited so as to meet the nondiscrimination test
           of Section 401(m) of the Code.

           A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
           the Nondeductible Employee Contributions of each participant.

           A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the Plan
           Administrator withdraw the lesser of the portion of his or her
           Individual Account attributable to his or her Nondeductible Employee
           Contributions or the amount he or she contributed as Nondeductible
           Employee Contributions.

           Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will be
           nonforfeitable at all times. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a
           result of an Employee's withdrawal of Nondeductible Employee
           Contributions.

           The Plan Administrator will not accept deductible employee
           contributions which are made for a taxable year beginning after
           December 31, 1986. Contributions made prior to that date will be
           maintained in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all
           times. The account will share in the gains and losses of the Fund in
           the same manner as described in Section 4.03 of the Plan. No part of
           the deductible employee contribution account will be used to purchase
           life insurance. Subject to Section 6.05, joint and survivor annuity
           requirements (if applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part
           of the deductible employee contribution account by making a written
           application to the Plan Administrator.

3.03       ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

           If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may contribute
           a rollover contribution to the Plan. The Plan Administrator may
           require the Employee to submit a written certification that the
           contribution qualifies as a rollover contribution under the
           applicable provisions of the Code. If it is later determined that all
           or part of a rollover contribution was ineligible to be rolled into
           the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct that any ineligible
           amounts, plus earnings attributable thereto, be distributed from the
           Plan to the Employee as soon as administratively feasible.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

           A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
           each Employee's Rollover contributions which will be nonforfeitable
           at all times. Such account will share in the income and gains and
           losses of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall
           be subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

           The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, only
           allow Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make
           rollover contributions.

3.04       TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS

           If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or Custodian,
           if applicable) may receive any amounts transferred to it from the
           trustee or custodian of another plan qualified under Code Section
           401(a). If it is later determined that all or part of a transfer
           contribution was ineligible to be transferred into the Plan, the Plan
           Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings
           attributable thereto, be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as
           soon as administratively feasible.

           A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
           each Employee's transfer contributions which will be nonforfeitable
           at all times. Such account will share in the income and gains and
           losses of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall
           be subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

           The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, only
           allow Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make
           rollover contributions.

3.05       LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

           A.        If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
                     participated in another qualified plan maintained by the
                     Employer or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section
                     419(3) of the Code maintained by the Employer, or an
                     individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(1)(2)
                     of the Code, or a simplified employee pension plan, as
                     defined in Section 408(k) of the Code, maintained by the
                     Employer, which provides an annual addition as defined in
                     Section 3.08(E)(1), the following rules shall apply:

                     1.        The amount of annual additions which may be
                               credited to the Participant's Individual Account
                               for any limitation year will not exceed the
                               lesser of the maximum permissible amount or any
                               other limitation contained in this Plan. If the
                               Employer Contribution that would otherwise be
                               contributed or allocated to the Participant's
                               Individual Account would cause the annual
                               additions for the limitation year to exceed the
                               maximum permissible amount, the amount
                               contributed or allocated will be reduced so that
                               the annual additions for the limitation year will
                               equal the maximum permissible amount.

                     2.        Prior to determining the Participant's actual
                               Compensation for the limitation year, the
                               Employer may determine the maximum permissible
                               amount for a Participant on the basis of a
                               reasonable estimation of the Participant's
                               Compensation for the limitation year, uniformly
                               determined for all Participants similarly
                               situated.

                     3.        As soon as is administratively feasible after the
                               end of the limitation year, the maximum
                               permissible amount for the limitation year will
                               be determined on the basis of the Participant's
                               actual Compensation for the limitation year.


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                     4.        If pursuant to Section 3.05(A)(3) or as a result
                               of the allocation of Forfeitures there is an
                               excess amount, the excess will be disposed of as
                               follows:

                               a.         Any Nondeductible Employee
                                          Contributions, to the extent they
                                          would reduce the excess amount, will
                                          be returned to the Participant;

                               b.         If after the application of paragraph
                                          (a) an excess amount still exists, and
                                          the Participant is covered by the Plan
                                          at the end of the limitation year, the
                                          excess amount in the Participant's
                                          Individual Account will be used to
                                          reduce Employer Contributions
                                          (including any allocation of
                                          Forfeitures) for such Participant in
                                          the next limitation year, and each
                                          succeeding limitation year if
                                          necessary;

                               c.         If after the application of paragraph
                                          (b) an excess amount still exists, and
                                          the Participant is not covered by the
                                          Plan at the end of a limitation year,
                                          the excess amount will be held
                                          unallocated in a suspense account. The
                                          suspense account will be applied to
                                          reduce future Employer Contributions
                                          (including allocation of any
                                          Forfeitures) for all remaining
                                          Participants in the next limitation
                                          year, and each succeeding limitation
                                          year if necessary;

                               d.         If a suspense account is in existence
                                          at any time during a limitation year
                                          pursuant to this Section, it will not
                                          participate in the allocation of the
                                          Fund's investment gains and losses. If
                                          a suspense account is in existence at
                                          any time during a particular
                                          limitation year, all amounts in the
                                          suspense account must be allocated and
                                          reallocated to Participants'
                                          Individual Accounts before any
                                          Employer Contributions or any
                                          Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                                          may be made to the Participants or
                                          former Participants.

           B.        If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered
                     under another qualified master or prototype defined
                     contribution plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare
                     benefit fund maintained by the Employer, an individual
                     medical account maintained by the Employer, or a simplified
                     employee pension maintained by the Employer that provides
                     an annual addition as defined in Section 3.05(E)(1), during
                     any limitation year, the following rules apply:

                     1.        The annual additions which may be credited to a
                               Participant's Individual Account under this Plan
                               for any such limitation year will not exceed the
                               maximum permissible amount reduced by the annual
                               additions credited to a Participant's Individual
                               Account under the other qualified master or
                               prototype plans, welfare benefit funds,
                               individual medical accounts and simplified
                               employee pensions for the same limitation year.
                               If the annual additions with respect to the
                               Participant under other qualified master or
                               prototype defined contribution plans, welfare
                               benefit funds, individual medical accounts and
                               simplified employee pensions maintained by the
                               Employer are less than the maximum permissible
                               amount and the Employer Contribution that would
                               otherwise be contributed or allocated to the
                               Participant's Individual Account under this Plan
                               would cause the annual additions for the
                               limitation year to exceed this limitation, the
                               amount contributed or allocated will be reduced
                               so that the annual additions under all such plans
                               and funds for the limitation year will equal the
                               maximum permissible amount. If the annual
                               additions with respect to the Participant under
                               such other qualified master or prototype defined
                               contribution plans, welfare benefit funds,
                               individual medical accounts and simplified
                               employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to
                               or greater than the maximum permissible amount,
                               no amount will be contributed or allocated to the
                               Participant's Individual Account under this Plan
                               for the limitation year.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

                     2.        Prior to determining the Participants actual
                               Compensation for the limitation year, the
                               Employer may determine the maximum permissible
                               amount for a Participant in the manner described
                               in Section 3.05(A)(2).

                     3.        As soon as is administratively feasible after the
                               end of the limitation year, the maximum
                               permissible amount for the limitation year will
                               be determined on the basis of the Participant's
                               actual Compensation for the limitation year.

                     4.        If, pursuant to Section 3.05(B)(3) or as a result
                               of the allocation of Forfeitures a Participants
                               annual additions under this Plan and such other
                               plans would result in an excess amount for a
                               limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed
                               to consist of the annual additions last
                               allocated, except that annual additions
                               attributable to a simplified employee pension
                               will be deemed to have been allocated first,
                               followed by annual additions to a welfare benefit
                               fund or individual medical account, regardless of
                               the actual allocation data.

                     5.        If an excess amount was allocated to a
                               Participant on an allocation date of this Plan
                               which coincides with an allocation date of
                               another plan, the excess amount attributed to
                               this Plan will be the product of,

                               a.         the total excess amount allocated as
                                          of such date, times

                               b.         the ratio of (i) the annual additions
                                          allocated to the Participant for the
                                          limitation year as of such date under
                                          this Plan to (ii) the total annual
                                          additions allocated to the Participant
                                          for the limitation years of such date
                                          under this and all the other qualified
                                          prototype defined contribution plans.

                     6.        Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be
                               disposed in the manner described in Section
                               3.05(A)(4).

           C.        If the Participant is covered under another qualified
                     defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which
                     is not a master or prototype plan, annual additions which
                     may be credited to the Participant's Individual Account
                     under this Plan for any limitation year will be limited in
                     accordance with Sections 3.05(B)(l) through 3.05(B)(6) as
                     though the other plan were a master or prototype plan
                     unless the Employer provides other limitations in the
                     Section of the Adoption Agreement titled "Limitation on
                     Allocation - More Than One Plan."

           D.        If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a
                     qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in
                     this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined benefit
                     plan fraction-and defined contribution plan fraction will
                     not exceed 1.0 in any limitation year. The annual additions
                     which may be credited to the Participant's Individual
                     Account under this Plan for any limitation year will be
                     limited in accordance with the Section of the Adoption
                     Agreement titled "Limitation on Allocation -
                     More Than One Plan."

           E.        The following terms shall have the following meanings when
                     used in this Section 3.05:

                     1.        Annual additions: The sum of the following
                               amounts credited to a Participant's Individual
                               Account for the limitation year:

                               a.         Employer Contributions,

                               b.         Nondeductible Employee Contributions,

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

                               c.         Forfeitures,

                               d.         amounts allocated, after March
                                          31,1984, to an individual medical
                                          account, as defined in Section
                                          415(1)(2) of the Code, which is part
                                          of a pension or annuity plan
                                          maintained by the Employer are treated
                                          as annual additions to a defined
                                          contribution plan. Also amounts
                                          derived from contributions paid or
                                          accrued after December 31,1985, in
                                          taxable years ending after such date,
                                          which are attributable to
                                          post-retirement medical benefits,
                                          allocated to the separate account of a
                                          key employee, as defined in Section
                                          419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a
                                          welfare benefit fund, as defined in
                                          Section 419(e) of the Code, maintained
                                          by the Employer are treated as annual
                                          additions to a defined contribution
                                          plan, and

                               e.         allocations under a simplified
                                          employee pension.

                               For this purpose, any excess amount applied under
                               Section 3.05(A)(4) or 3.05(B)(6) in the
                               limitation year to reduce Employer Contributions
                               will be considered annual additions for such
                               limitation year.

                     2.        Compensation: Means Compensation as defined in
                               Section 1.07 of the Plan except that Compensation
                               for purposes of this Section 3.05 shall not
                               include any amounts contributed by the Employer
                               pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and
                               which is not includible in the gross income of
                               the Employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3),
                               402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code even if the
                               Employer has elected to include such
                               contributions in the definition of Compensation
                               used for other purposes under the Plan. Further,
                               any other exclusion the Employer has elected
                               (such as the exclusion of certain types of pay or
                               pay earned before the Employee enters the Plan)
                               will not apply for purposes of this Section.

                               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,
                               Compensation for a Participant in a defined
                               contribution plan who is permanently and totally
                               disabled (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the
                               Code) is the Compensation such Participant would
                               have received for the limitation year if the
                               Participant had been paid at the rate of
                               Compensation paid immediately before becoming
                               permanently and totally disabled; such imputed
                               Compensation for the disabled Participant may be
                               taken into account only if the Participant is not
                               a Highly Compensated Employee (as defined in
                               Section 414(q) of the Code) and contributions
                               made on behalf of such Participant are
                               nonforfeitable when made.

                     3.        Defined benefit fraction: A fraction, the
                               numerator of which is the sum of the
                               Participant's projected annual benefits under all
                               the defined benefit plans (whether or not
                               terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the
                               denominator of which is the lesser of 125% of the
                               dollar limitation determined for the limitation
                               year under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code or
                               140% of the highest average compensation,
                               including any adjustments under Section 415(b) of
                               the Code.

                               Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was
                               a Participant as of the first day of the first
                               limitation year beginning after December 31,1986,
                               in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
                               by the Employer which were in existence on May
                               6,1986, the denominator of this fraction will not
                               be less than 125% of the sum of the annual
                               benefits under such ans which the Participant had
                               accrued as of the close of the last limitation
                               year beginning before January 1, 1987,
                               disregarding any changes in the terms and
                               conditions of the plan after May 5,1986. The
                               preceding sentence applies only if the defined
                               benefit plans individually and


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                               in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of
                               Section 415 of Code for all limitation years
                               beginning before January 1, 1987.

                     4.        Defined contribution dollar limitation: $30,000
                               or if greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit
                               dollar limitation set forth in Section 415(b)(1)
                               of the Code as in effect for the limitation year.

                     5.        Defined contribution fraction: A fraction, the
                               numerator of which is the sum of the annual
                               additions to the Participant's account under all
                               defined contribution plans (whether or not
                               terminated) maintained by the Employer for the
                               current and all prior limitation years (including
                               the annual additions attributable to the
                               Participant's nondeductible employee
                               contributions to all defined benefit plans,
                               whether or not terminated, maintained by the
                               Employer, and the annual additions attributable
                               to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in
                               Section 419(e) of the Code, individual medical
                               accounts, and simplified employee pensions,
                               maintained by the Employer), and the denominator
                               of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate
                               amounts for the current and all prior limitation
                               years of service with the Employer (regardless of
                               whether a defined contribution plan was
                               maintained by the Employer). The maximum
                               aggregate amount in any limitation year is the
                               lesser of 125% of the dollar limitation
                               determined under Section 415(b) and (d) of the
                               Code in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the
                               Code or 35% of the Participant's Compensation for
                               such year.

                               If the Employee was a Participant as of the end
                               of the first day of the first limitation year
                               beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more
                               defined contribution plans maintained by the
                               Employer which were in existence on May 6,1986,
                               the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted
                               if the sum of this fraction and the defined
                               benefit fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under
                               the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an
                               amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of
                               the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the
                               denominator of this fraction, will be permanently
                               subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.
                               The adjustment is calculated using the fractions
                               as they would be computed as of the end of the
                               last limitation year beginning before January 1,
                               1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms
                               and conditions of the Plan made after May 5,1986,
                               but using the Section 415 limitation applicable
                               to the first limitation year beginning on or
                               after January 1, 1987.

                               The annual addition for any limitation year
                               beginning before January 1, 1987, shall not be
                               recomputed to treat all Nondeductible Employee
                               Contributions as annual additions.

                     6.        Employer: For purposes of this Section 3.05,
                               Employer shall mean the Employer that adopts this
                               Plan, and all members of a controlled group of
                               corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the
                               Code as modified by Section 415(h)), all commonly
                               controlled trades or businesses (as defined in
                               Section 414(c) as modified by Section 415(h)) or
                               affiliated service groups (as defined in Section
                               414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part,
                               and any other entity required to be aggregated
                               with the Employer pursuant to regulations under
                               Section 414(o) of the Code.

                     7.        Excess amount: The excess of the Participant's
                               annual additions for the limitation year over the
                               maximum permissible amount.

                     8.        Highest average compensation: The average
                               compensation for the three consecutive years of
                               service with the Employer that produces the
                               highest average.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

                     9.        Limitation year. A calendar year, or the
                               12-consecutive month period elected by the
                               Employer in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified
                               plans maintained by the Employer must use the
                               same limitation year. If the limitation year is
                               amended to a different 12-consecutive month
                               period, the new limitation year must begin on a
                               date within the limitation year in which the
                               amendment is made.

                     10.       Master or prototype plan: A plan the form of
                               which is the subject of a favorable opinion
                               letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

                     11.       Maximum permissible amount: The maximum annual
                               addition that may be contributed or allocated to
                               a Participant's Individual Account under the Plan
                               for any limitation year shall not exceed the
                               lesser of:

                               a. the defined contribution dollar limitation, or

                               b. 25% of the Participant's Compensation for
                                  the limitation year.

                               The compensation limitation referred to in (b)
                               shall not apply to any contribution for medical
                               benefits (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or
                               Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is
                               otherwise treated as an annual addition under
                               Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                               If a short limitation year is created because of
                               an amendment changing the limitation year to a
                               different 12-consecutive month period, the
                               maximum permissible amount will not exceed the
                               defined contribution dollar limitation multiplied
                               by the following fraction:

                                 NUMBER OF MONTHS IN THE SHORT LIMITATION YEAR
                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                                     12

                     12.       Projected annual benefit: The annual retirement
                               benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
                               straight life annuity if such benefit is
                               expressed in a form other than a straight life
                               annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity)
                               to which the Participant would be entitled under
                               the terms of the Plan assuming:

                               a.         the Participant will continue
                                          employment until Normal Retirement Age
                                          under the Plan (or current age, if
                                          later), and

                               b.         the Participant's Compensation for the
                                          current limitation year and all other
                                          relevant factors used to determine
                                          benefits under the Plan will remain
                                          constant for future limitation years.

                                          Straight life annuity means an annuity
                                          payable in equal installments for the
                                          life of the Participant that
                                          terminates upon the Participants's
                                          death.

SECTION FOUR                   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION

4.01       INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

           A.        The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an
                     Individual Account in the name of each Participant to
                     reflect the total value of his or her interest in the Fund.
                     Each Individual Account established hereunder shall consist
                     of such subaccounts as may be needed for each Participant
                     including:


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

                     1.        a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions
                               and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of a
                               Participant;

                     2.        a subaccount to reflect a Participant's rollover
                               contributions;

                     3.        a subaccount to reflect a Participant's transfer
                               contributions;

                     4.        a subaccount to reflect a Participant's
                               Nondeductible Employee Contributions; and

                     5.        a subaccount to reflect a Participant's
                               deductible employee contributions.

           B.        The Plan Administrator may establish additional accounts as
                     it may deem necessary for the proper administration of the
                     Plan, including, but not limited to, a suspense account for
                     Forfeitures as required pursuant to Section 6.01(D).

4.02       VALUATION OF FUND

           The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market value.

4.03       VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

           A.        Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant's
                     Individual Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the
                     Participant, then the value of that portion of such
                     Participant's Individual Account at any relevant time
                     equals the sum of the fair market values of the assets in
                     such Separate Fund, less any applicable charges or
                     penalties.

           B.        The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual
                     Account is determined in the following manner:

                     1.        First, the portion of the Individual Account
                               invested in each Investment Fund as of the
                               previous Valuation Date is determined. Each such
                               portion is reduced by any withdrawal made from
                               the applicable Investment Fund to or for the
                               benefit of a Participant or the Participant's
                               Beneficiary, further reduced by any amounts
                               forfeited by the Participant pursuant to Section
                               6.01(D) and further reduced by any transfer to
                               another Investment Fund since the previous
                               Valuation Date and is increased by any amount
                               transferred from another Investment Fund since
                               the previous Valuation Date. The resulting
                               amounts are the net Individual Account portions
                               invested in the Investment Funds.

                     2.        Secondly, the net Individual Account portions
                               invested in each Investment Fund are adjusted
                               upwards or downwards, pro rata (I.E., ratio of
                               each net Individual Account portion to the sum of
                               all net Individual Account portions) so that the
                               sum of all the net Individual Account portions
                               invested in an Investment Fund will equal the
                               then fair market value of the Investment Fund.
                               Notwithstanding the previous sentence, for the
                               first Plan Year only, the net Individual Account
                               portions shall be the sum of all contributions
                               made to each Participant's Individual Account
                               during the first Plan Year.

                     3.        Thirdly, any contributions to the Plan and
                               Forfeitures are allocated in accordance with the
                               appropriate allocation provisions of Section 3.
                               For purposes of Section 4, contributions made by
                               the Employer for any Plan Year but after that
                               Plan Year will be considered to have been made on
                               the last day of that Plan Year regardless of when
                               paid to the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                               applicable).


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

                               Amounts contributed between Valuation Dates will
                               not be credited with investment gains or losses
                               until the next following Valuation Date.

                     4.        Finally, the portions of the Individual Account
                               invested in each Investment Fund (determined in
                               accordance with (1), (2) and (3) above) are added
                               together.

4.04       MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

           If necessary or appropriate, the Plan Administrator may establish
           different or additional procedures (which shall be uniform and
           nondiscriminatory) for determining the fair market value of the
           Individual Account.

4.05       SEGREGATION OF ASSETS

           If a Participant elects a mode of distribution other than a lump sum,
           the Plan Administrator may place that Participant's account balance
           into a segregated Investment Fund for the purpose of maintaining the
           necessary liquidity to provide benefit installments on a periodic
           basis.

4.06       STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

           No later than 270 days after the close of each Plan Year, the Plan
           Administrator shall furnish a statement to each Participant
           indicating the Individual Account balances of such Participant as of
           the last Valuation Date in such Plan Year.

SECTION FIVE                   TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

5.01       CREATION OF FUND

           By adopting this Plan, the Employer establishes the Fund which shall
           consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or Custodian,
           if applicable) pursuant to this Section 5. Assets within the Fund may
           be pooled on behalf of all Participants, earmarked on behalf of each
           Participant or be a combination of pooled and earmarked. To the
           extent that assets are earmarked for a particular Participant, they
           will be held in a Separate Fund for that Participant.

           No part of the corpus or income of the Fund may be used for, or
           diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
           Participants or their Beneficiaries.

5.02       INVESTMENT AUTHORITY

           Except as provided in Section 5.14 (relating to individual direction
           of investments by Participants), the Employer, not the Trustee (or
           Custodian, if applicable), shall have exclusive management and
           control over the investment of the Fund into any permitted
           investment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Trustee may make
           an agreement with the Employer whereby the Trustee will manage the
           investment of all or a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement shall
           be in writing and set forth such matters as the Trustee deems
           necessary or desirable.

5.03       FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE WITHOUT FULL TRUST POWERS

           This Section 5.03 applies where a financial organization has
           indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve, with respect
           to this Plan, as Custodian or as Trustee without full trust powers
           (under applicable law). Hereinafter, a financial organization Trustee
           without full trust powers (under applicable law) shall be referred


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

           to as a Custodian. The Custodian shall have no discretionary
           authority with respect to the management of the Plan or the Fund but
           will act only as directed by the entity who has such authority.

           A.        PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS - The assets of the Plan shall be
                     invested only in those investments which are available
                     through the Custodian in the ordinary course of business
                     which the Custodian may legally hold in a qualified plan
                     and which the Custodian chooses to make available to
                     Employers for qualified plan investments. Notwithstanding
                     the preceding sentence, the Prototype Sponsor may, as a
                     condition of making the Plan available to the Employer,
                     limit the types of property in which the assets of the Plan
                     may be invested.

           B.        RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CUSTODIAN - The responsibilities of
                     the Custodian shall be limited to the following:

                     1.        To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest
                               and reinvest the Fund without distinction between
                               principal and interest; provided, however, that
                               nothing in this Plan shall require the Custodian
                               to maintain physical custody of stock
                               certificates (or other indicia of ownership of
                               any type of asset) representing assets within the
                               Fund;

                     2.        To maintain accurate records of contributions,
                               earnings, withdrawals and other information the
                               Custodian deems relevant with respect to the
                               Plan;

                     3.        To make disbursements from the Fund to
                               Participants or Beneficiaries upon the proper
                               authorization of the Plan Administrator; and

                     4.        To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement
                               which reflects the value of the investments in
                               the hands of the Custodian as of the end of each
                               Plan Year and as of any other times as the
                               Custodian and Plan Administrator may agree.

           C.        POWERS OF THE CUSTODIAN - Except as otherwise provided in
                     this Plan, the Custodian shall have the power to take any
                     action with respect to the Fund which it deems necessary or
                     advisable to discharge its responsibilities under this Plan
                     including, but not limited to, the following powers:

                     1.        To invest all or a portion of the Fund (including
                               idle cash balances) in time deposits, savings
                               accounts, money market accounts or similar
                               investments bearing a reasonable rate of interest
                               in the Custodian's own savings department or the
                               savings department of another financial
                               organization;

                     2.        To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other
                               securities; to give general or special proxies or
                               powers of attorney with or without power of
                               substitution; to exercise any conversion
                               privileges or subscription rights and to make any
                               payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to
                               consent to, or otherwise participate in,
                               corporate reorganizations or other changes
                               affecting corporate securities, and to pay any
                               assessment or charges in correction therewith;
                               and generally to exercise any of the powers of an
                               owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities
                               or other property;

                     3.        To hold securities or other property of the Fund
                               in its own name, in the name of its nominee or in
                               bearer form; and

                     4.        To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any
                               and all documents of transfer and conveyance and
                               any and all other instruments that may be
                               necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers
                               herein granted.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

5.04       FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST POWERS AND INDIVIDUAL
           TRUSTEE

           This Section 5.04 applies where a financial organization has
           indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve as Trustee
           with full trust powers. This Section also applies where one or more
           individuals are named in the Adoption Agreement to serve as
           Trustee(s).

           A.        PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS - The Trustee may invest the assets
                     of the Plan in property of any character, real or personal,
                     including, but not limited to the following: stocks,
                     including shares of open-end investment companies (mutual
                     funds); bonds; notes; debentures; options; limited
                     partnership interests; mortgages; real estate or any
                     interests therein; unit investment trusts; Treasury Bills,
                     and other U.S. Government obligations; common trust funds,
                     combined investment trusts, collective trust funds or
                     commingled funds maintained by a bank or similar financial
                     organization (whether or not the Trustee hereunder);
                     savings accounts, time deposits or money market accounts of
                     a bank or similar financial organization (whether or not
                     the Trustee hereunder); annuity contracts; life insurance
                     policies; or in such other investments as is deemed proper
                     without regard to investments authorized by statute or rule
                     of law governing the investment of trust funds but with
                     regard to ERISA and this Plan.

                     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype
                     Sponsor may, as a condition of making the Plan available to
                     the Employer, limit the types of property in which the
                     assets of the Plan may be invested.

           B.        RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE - The responsibilities of
                     the Trustee shall be limited to the following:

                     1.        To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest
                               and reinvest the Fund without distinction between
                               principal and interest; provided, however, that
                               nothing in this Plan shall require the Trustee to
                               maintain physical custody of stock certificates
                               (or other indicia of ownership) representing
                               assets within the Fund;

                     2.        To maintain accurate records of contributions,
                               earnings, withdrawals and other information the
                               Trustee deems relevant with respect to the Plan;

                     3.        To make disbursements from the Fund to
                               Participants or Beneficiaries upon the proper
                               authorization of the Plan Administrator; and

                     4.        To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement
                               which reflects the value of the investments in
                               the hands of the Trustee as of the end of each
                               Plan Year and as of any other times as the
                               Trustee and Plan Administrator may agree.

           C.        POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE - Except as otherwise provided in
                     this Plan, the Trustee shall have the power to take any
                     action with respect to the Fund which it deems necessary or
                     advisable to discharge its responsibilities under this Plan
                     including, but not limited to, the following powers:

                     1.        To hold any securities or other property of the
                               Fund in its own name, in the name of its nominee
                               or in bearer form;

                     2.        To purchase or subscribe for securities issued,
                               or real property owned, by the Employer or any
                               trade or business under common control with the
                               Employer but only if the prudent investment and
                               diversification requirements of ERISA are
                               satisfied;


                                      -27-
<PAGE>

                     3.        To sell, exchange, convey, transfer or otherwise
                               dispose of any securities or other property held
                               by the Trustee, by private contract or at public
                               auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall
                               be bound to see to the application of the
                               purchase money or to inquire into the validity,
                               expediency, or propriety of any such sale or
                               other disposition, with or without advertisement;

                     4.        To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other
                               securities; to give general or special proxies or
                               powers of attorney with or without power of
                               substitution; to exercise any conversion
                               privileges or subscription rights and to make any
                               payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to
                               consent to, or otherwise participate in,
                               corporate reorganizations or other changes
                               affecting corporate securities, and to delegate
                               discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments
                               or charges in connection therewith; and generally
                               to exercise any of the powers of an owner with
                               respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other
                               property;

                     5.        To invest any part or all of the Fund (including
                               idle cash balances) in certificates of deposit,
                               demand or time deposits, savings accounts, money
                               market accounts or similar investments of the
                               Trustee (if the Trustee is a bank or similar
                               financial organization), the Prototype Sponsor or
                               any affiliate of such Trustee or Prototype
                               Sponsor, which bear a reasonable rate of
                               interest;

                     6.        To provide sweep services without the receipt by
                               the Trustee of additional compensation or other
                               consideration (other than reimbursement of direct
                               expenses properly and actually incurred in the
                               performance of such services);

                     7.        To hold in the form of cash for distribution or
                               investment such portion of the Fund as, at any
                               time and from time-to-time, the Trustee shall
                               deem prudent and deposit such cash in interest
                               bearing or noninterest bearing accounts;

                     8.        To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any
                               and all documents of transfer and conveyance and
                               any and all other instruments that may be
                               necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers
                               herein granted;

                     9.        To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration
                               any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or
                               from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or
                               legal or administrative proceedings, and to
                               represent the Plan in all suits and legal and
                               administrative proceedings;

                     10.       To employ suitable agents and counsel, to
                               contract with agents to perform administrative
                               and recordkeeping duties and to pay their
                               reasonable expenses, fees and compensation, and
                               such agent or counsel may or may not be agent or
                               counsel for the Employer;

                     11.       To cause any part or all of the Fund, without
                               limitation as to amount, to be commingled with
                               the funds of other trusts (including trusts for
                               qualified employee benefit plans) by causing such
                               money to be invested as a part of any pooled,
                               common, collective or commingled trust fund
                               (including any such fund described in the
                               Adoption Agreement) heretofore or hereafter
                               created by any Trustee (if the Trustee is a
                               bank), by the Prototype Sponsor, by any affiliate
                               bank of such a Trustee or by such a Trustee or
                               the Prototype Sponsor, or by such an affiliate in
                               participation without others; the instrument or
                               instruments establishing such trust fund or
                               funds, as amended, being made part of this Plan
                               and trust so long as any portion of the Fund
                               shall be invested through the medium thereof; and


                                      -28-
<PAGE>

                     12.       Generally to do all such acts, execute all such
                               instruments, initiate such proceedings, and
                               exercise all such rights and privileges with
                               relation to property constituting the Fund as if
                               the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof.

5.05       DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS

           The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) from time to time
           to divide and redivide the Fund into one or more Investment Funds.
           Such Investment Funds may include, but not be limited to, Investment
           Funds representing the assets under the control of an investment
           manager pursuant to Section 5.12 and Investment Funds representing
           investment options available for individual direction by Participants
           pursuant to Section 5.14. Upon each division or redivision, the
           Employer may specify the part of the Fund to be allocated to each
           such Investment Fund and the terms and conditions, if any, under
           which the assets in such Investment Fund shall be invested.

5.06       COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES

           The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall receive such
           reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon by the Trustee (or
           Custodian) and the Employer. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall be
           entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for all proper expenses
           incurred in carrying out his or her duties under this Plan, including
           reasonable legal, accounting and actuarial expenses. If not paid by
           the Employer, such compensation and expenses may be charged against
           the Fund.

           All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed under existing
           or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or the income thereof
           shall be paid from the Fund.

5.07       NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA

           The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
           and Plan Administrator the information which each party deems
           necessary for the administration of the Plan including, but not
           limited to, changes in a Participant's status, eligibility, mailing
           addresses and other such data as may be required. The Trustee (or
           Custodian) and Plan Administrator shall be entitled to act on such
           information as is supplied them and shall have no duty or
           responsibility to further verify or question such information.

5.08       LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS

           The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for withholding federal
           income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless the Participant
           (or Beneficiary, where applicable) elects not to have such taxes
           withheld. The Trustee (or Custodian) or other payor may act as agent
           for the Plan Administrator to withhold such taxes and to make the
           appropriate distribution reports, if the Plan Administrator furnishes
           all the information to the Trustee (or Custodian) or other payor it
           may need to do withholding and reporting.

5.09       RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN)

           The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) may resign at any time by
           giving 30 days advance written notice to the Employer. The
           resignation shall become effective 30 days after receipt of such
           notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon.

           The Employer may remove any Trustee (or Custodian) at any time by
           giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian) and such removal
           shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless a
           shorter period is agreed upon. The Employer shall have the power to
           appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian).


                                      -29-
<PAGE>

           Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed Trustee
           (or Custodian) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian), he or she shall
           transfer all of the assets of the Fund then held by such Trustee (or
           Custodian) as expeditiously as possible to the successor Trustee (or
           Custodian) after paying or reserving such reasonable amount as he or
           she shall deem necessary to provide for the expense in the settlement
           of the accounts and the amount of any compensation due him or her and
           any sums chargeable against the Fund for which he or she may be
           liable. If the Funds as reserved are not sufficient for such purpose,
           then he or she shall be entitled to reimbursement from the successor
           Trustee (or Custodian) out of the assets in the successor Trustee's
           (or Custodian's) hands under this Plan. If the amount reserved shall
           be in excess of the amount actually needed, the former Trustee (or
           Custodian) shall return such excess to the successor Trustee (or
           Custodian).

           Upon receipt of the transferred assets, the successor Trustee (or
           Custodian) shall thereupon succeed to all of the powers and
           responsibilities given to the Trustee (or Custodian) by this Plan.

           The resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian) shall render an
           accounting to the Employer and unless objected to by the Employer
           within 30 days of its receipt, the accounting shall be deemed to have
           been approved and the resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian)
           shall be released and discharged as to all matters set forth in the
           accounting. Where a financial organization is serving as Trustee (or
           Custodian) and it is merged with or bought by another organization
           (or comes under the control of any federal or state agency), that
           organization shall serve as the successor Trustee (or Custodian) of
           this Plan, but only if it is the type of organization that can so
           serve under applicable law.

           Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee or
           custodian pursuant to Section 1.401-12(n) of the Income Tax
           Regulations, the Employer will appoint a successor Trustee (or
           Custodian) upon notification by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
           that such substitution is required because the Trustee (or Custodian)
           has failed to comply with the requirements of Section 1.401-12(n) or
           is not keeping such records or making such returns or rendering such
           statements as are required by forms or regulations.

5.10       DEGREE OF CARE - LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

           The Trustee (or Custodian) shall not be liable for any losses
           incurred by the Fund by any direction to invest communicated by the
           Employer, Plan Administrator, investment manager appointed pursuant
           to Section 5.12 or any Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee (or
           Custodian) shall be under no liability for distributions made or
           other action taken or not taken at the written direction of the Plan
           Administrator. It is specifically understood that the Trustee (or
           Custodian) shall have no duty or responsibility with respect to the
           determination of matters pertaining to the eligibility of any
           Employee to become a Participant or remain a Participant hereunder,
           the amount of benefit to which a Participant or Beneficiary shall be
           entitled to receive hereunder, whether a distribution to Participant
           or Beneficiary is appropriate under the terms of the Plan or the size
           and type of any policy to be purchased from any insurer for any
           Participant hereunder or similar matters; it being understood that
           all such responsibilities under the Plan are vested in the Plan
           Administrator.

5.11       INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN)

           Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may be
           otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify and hold
           harmless the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and the Prototype
           Sponsor, their officers, directors, employees, agents, their heirs,
           executors, successors and assigns, from and against any and all
           liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges,
           or expenses (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or
           incurred in connection with any action taken by such parties in the
           performance of their duties with respect to this Plan, unless there
           has been a final adjudication of gross negligence or willful
           misconduct in the performance of such duties.


                                      -30-
<PAGE>

           Further, except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer
           will indemnify the Trustee (or Custodian) and Prototype Sponsor from
           any liability, claim or expense (including legal expense) which the
           Trustee (or Custodian) and Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of
           or which results, in whole or in part, from the Trustee's (or
           Custodian's) or Prototype Sponsor's reliance on the facts and other
           directors and elections the Employer communicates or fails to
           communicate.

5.12       INVESTMENT MANAGERS

           A.        DEFINITION OF INVESTMENT MANAGER - The Employer may appoint
                     one or more investment managers to make investment
                     decisions with respect to all or a portion of the Fund. The
                     investment manager shall be any firm or individual
                     registered as an investment adviser under the Investment
                     Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in said Act or an
                     insurance company qualified under the laws of more than one
                     state to perform services consisting of the management,
                     acquisition or disposition of any assets of the Plan.

           B.        INVESTMENT MANAGER'S AUTHORITY - A separate Investment Fund
                     shall be established representing the assets of the Fund
                     invested at the direction of the investment manager. The
                     investment manager so appointed shall direct the Trustee
                     (or Custodian, if applicable) with respect to the
                     investment of such Investment Fund. The investments which
                     may be acquired at the direction of the investment manager
                     are those described in Section 5.03(A) (for Custodians) or
                     Section 5.04(A) (for Trustees).

           C.        WRITTEN AGREEMENT - The appointment of any investment
                     manager shall be by written agreement between the Employer
                     and the investment manager and a copy of such agreement
                     (and any modification or termination thereof) must be given
                     to the Trustee (or Custodian).

                     The agreement shall set forth, among other matters, the
                     effective date of the investment manager's appointment and
                     an acknowledgment by the investment manager that it is a
                     fiduciary of the Plan under ERISA.

           D.        CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN) - Written notice of
                     each appointment of an investment manager shall be given to
                     the Trustee (or Custodian) in advance of the effective date
                     of such appointment. Such notice shall specify which
                     portion of the Fund will constitute the Investment Fund
                     subject to the investment manager's direction. The Trustee
                     (or Custodian) shall comply with the investment direction
                     given to it by the investment manager and will not be
                     liable for any loss which may result by reason of any
                     action (or inaction) it takes at the direction of the
                     investment manager.

5.13       [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

5.14       DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT

           If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may
           individually direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
           regarding the investment of part or all of his or her Individual
           Account. To the extent so directed, the Employer, Plan Administrator,
           Trustee (or Custodian) and all other fiduciaries are relieved of
           their fiduciary responsibility under Section 404 of ERISA.

           The Plan Administrator shall direct that a Separate Fund be
           established in the name of each Participant who directs the
           investment of part or all of his or her Individual Account. Each
           Separate Fund shall be charged or credited (as appropriate) with the
           earnings, gains, losses or expenses attributable to such Separate
           Fund. No fiduciary shall be liable for any loss which results from a
           Participant's individual direction. The assets subject to individual
           direction shall not be invested in collectibles as that term is
           defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>

           The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
           nondiscriminatory rules relating to individual direction as it deems
           necessary or advisable including, but not limited to, rules
           describing (1) which portions of Participant's Individual Account can
           be individually directed; (2) the frequency of investment changes;
           (3) the forms and procedures for making investment changes; and (4)
           the effect of a Participant's failure to make a valid direction.

           The Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
           manner, limit the available investments for Participants' individual
           direction to certain specified investment options (including, but not
           limited to, certain mutual funds, investment contracts, deposit
           accounts and group trusts). The Plan Administrator may permit, in a
           uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased
           Participant or the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
           relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) to
           individually direct in accordance with this Section.

SECTION SIX          VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION

6.01       DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT

           A.        Distributable Events

                     1.        Entitlement to Distribution - The Vested portion
                               of a Participant's Individual Account shall be
                               distributable to the Participant upon (1) the
                               occurrence of any of the distributable events
                               specified in the Adoption Agreement; (2) the
                               Participant's Termination of Employment after
                               attaining Normal Retirement Age; (3) the
                               termination of the Plan; and (4) the
                               Participant's Termination of Employment after
                               satisfying any Early Retirement Age conditions.

                               If a Participant separates from service before
                               satisfying the Early Retirement Age requirement,
                               but has satisfied the service requirement, the
                               Participant will be entitled to elect an early
                               retirement benefit upon satisfaction of such age
                               requirement.

                     2.        Written Request: When Distributed - A Participant
                               entitled to distribution who wishes to receive a
                               distribution must submit a written request to the
                               Plan Administrator. Such request shall be made
                               upon a form provided by the Plan Administrator.
                               Upon a valid request, the Plan Administrator
                               shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                               applicable) to commence distribution no later
                               than the time specified in the Adoption Agreement
                               for this purpose and, if not specified in the
                               Adoption Agreement, then no later than 90 days
                               following the later of:

                               a.         the close of the Plan Year within
                                          which the event occurs which entitles
                                          the Participant to distribution; or

                               b.         the close of the Plan Year in which
                                          the request is received.

                     3.        Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service - If
                               this is a profit sharing plan and the Adoption
                               Agreement so provides, a Participant may elect to
                               receive a distribution of all or part of the
                               Vested portion of his or her Individual Account,
                               subject to the requirements of Section 6.05 and
                               further subject to the following limits:

                               a.         Participant for 5 or more years. An
                                          Employee who has been a Participant in
                                          the Plan for 5 or more years may
                                          withdraw up to the entire Vested
                                          portion of his or her Individual
                                          Account.


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

                               b.         Participant for less than 5 years. An
                                          Employee who has been a Participant in
                                          the Plan for less than 5 years may
                                          withdraw only the amount which has
                                          been in his or her Individual Account
                                          attributable to Employee Contributions
                                          for at least 2 full Plan Years,
                                          measured from the date such
                                          contributions were allocated. However,
                                          if the distribution is on account of
                                          hardship, the Participant may withdraw
                                          up to his or her entire Vested portion
                                          of the Participant's Individual
                                          Account. For this purpose, hardship
                                          shall have the meaning set forth in
                                          Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Code.

                     4.        Special Rules for Hardship Withdrawals - If this
                               is a profit sharing plan and the Adoption
                               Agreement so provides, a Participant may elect to
                               receive a hardship distribution of all or part of
                               the Vested portion of his or her Individual
                               Account, subject to the requirements of Section
                               6.05 and further subject to the following limits:

                               a.         Participant for 5 or more years. An
                                          Employee who has been a Participant in
                                          the Plan for 5 or more years may
                                          withdraw up to the entire Vested
                                          portion of his or her Individual
                                          Account.

                               b.         Participant for less than 5 years. An
                                          Employee who has been a Participant in
                                          the Plan for less than 5 years may
                                          withdraw only the amount which has
                                          been in his or her Individual Account
                                          attributable to Employer Contributions
                                          for at least 2 full Plan Years,
                                          measured from the date such
                                          contributions were allocated.

                                          For purposes of this Section
                                          6.01(A)(4) and Section 6.01(A)(3)
                                          hardship is defined as an immediate
                                          and heavy financial need of the
                                          Participant where such Participant
                                          lacks other available resources. The
                                          following are the only financial needs
                                          considered immediate and heavy:
                                          expenses incurred or necessary for
                                          medical care, described in Section
                                          213(d) of the Code, of the Employee,
                                          the Employee's spouse or dependents;
                                          the purchase (excluding mortgage
                                          payments) of a principal residence for
                                          the Employee; payment of tuition and
                                          related educational fees for the next
                                          12 months of post-secondary education
                                          for the Employee, the Employee's
                                          spouse, children or dependents; or the
                                          need to prevent the eviction of the
                                          Employee from, or a foreclosure on the
                                          mortgage of, the Employee's principal
                                          residence.

                                          A distribution will be considered as
                                          necessary to satisfy an immediate and
                                          heavy financial need of the Employee
                                          only if:

                                          1)        The employee has obtained
                                                    all distributions, other
                                                    than hardship distributions,
                                                    and all nontaxable loans
                                                    under all plans maintained
                                                    by the Employer;

                                          2)        The distribution is not in
                                                    excess of the amount of an
                                                    immediate and heavy
                                                    financial need (including
                                                    amounts necessary to pay any
                                                    federal, state or local
                                                    income taxes or penalties
                                                    reasonably anticipated to
                                                    result from the
                                                    distribution).

                     5.        One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option - If this
                               is a profit sharing plan and the Employer has
                               elected the one-time in-service withdrawal option
                               in the Adoption Agreement, then Participants will
                               be permitted only one in-service withdrawal
                               during the course of such Participants employment
                               with the Employer. The amount which the
                               Participant can withdraw will be limited to the
                               lesser of the amount determined under the limits
                               set forth in


                                      -33-
<PAGE>

                               Section 6.01(A)(3) or the percentage of the
                               Participant's Individual Account specified by the
                               Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Distributions
                               under this Section will be subject to the
                               requirements of Section 6.05.

                     6.        Commencement of Benefits - Notwithstanding any
                               other provisions, unless the Participant elects
                               otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no
                               later than the 60th day after the latest of the
                               close of the Plan Year in which:

                               a.         the Participant attains Normal
                                          Retirement Age;

                               b.         occurs the 10th anniversary of the
                                          year in which the Participant
                                          commenced participation in the Plan;
                                          or

                               c.         the Participant incurs a Termination
                                          of Employment.

                                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
                                          failure of a Participant and spouse to
                                          consent to a distribution while a
                                          benefit is immediately distributable,
                                          within the meaning of Section 6.02(B)
                                          of the Plan, shall be deemed to be an
                                          election to defer commencement of
                                          payment of any benefit sufficient to
                                          satisfy this Section.

           B.        DETERMINING THE VESTED PORTION - In determining the Vested
                     portion of a Participant's Individual Account, the
                     following rules apply:

                     1.        Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The
                               Vested portion of a Participant's Individual
                               Account derived from Employer Contributions and
                               Forfeitures is determined by applying the vesting
                               schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement (or
                               the vesting schedule described in Section 6.01(C)
                               if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan).

                     2.        Rollover and Transfer Contributions - A
                               Participant is fully Vested in his or her
                               rollover contributions and transfer
                               contributions.

                     3.        Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances - A
                               Participant is fully Vested in his or her
                               Individual Account if any of the following
                               occurs:

                               a.         the Participant reaches Normal
                                          Retirement Age;

                               b.         the Plan is terminated or partially
                                          terminated; or

                               c.         there exists a complete discontinuance
                                          of contributions under the Plan.

                               Further, unless otherwise indicated in the
                               Adoption Agreement, a Participant is fully Vested
                               if the Participant dies, incurs a Disability, or
                               satisfies the conditions for Early Retirement Age
                               (if applicable).

                     4.        Participants in a Prior Plan - If a Participant
                               was a participant in a Prior Plan on the
                               Effective Date, his or her Vested percentage
                               shall not be less than it would have been under
                               such Prior Plan as computed on the Effective
                               Date.

           C.        MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULE FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS - The
                     following vesting provisions apply for any Plan Year in
                     which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.


                                      -34-
<PAGE>

                     Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.01
                     or the vesting schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement
                     (unless those provisions or that schedule provide for more
                     rapid vesting), a Participant's Vested portion of his or
                     her Individual Account attributable to Employer
                     Contributions and Forfeitures shall be determined in
                     accordance with the vesting schedule elected by the
                     Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and if no election is
                     made the 6 year graded schedule will be deemed to have been
                     elected) as described below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  6 YEAR GRADED                                 3 YEAR CLIFF
Years of Vesting Service       Vested Percentage       Years of Vesting Service   Vested Percentage
<S>       <C>                        <C>                        <C>                       <C>
          1                          0                          1                         0
          2                         20                          2                         0
          3                         40                          3                       100
          4                         60
          5                         80
          6                        100
</TABLE>

                     This minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits
                     within the meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code, except
                     those attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                     including benefits accrued before the effective date of
                     Section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued before the
                     Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan. Further, no decrease in a
                     Participant's Vested percentage may occur in the event the
                     Plan's status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan
                     Year. However, this Section 6.01(C) does not apply to the
                     Individual Account of any Employee who does not have an
                     Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become a
                     Top-Heavy Plan and such Employee's Individual Account
                     attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures will
                     be determined without regard to this Section.

                     If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then in
                     accordance with the above restrictions, the vesting
                     schedule as selected in the Adoption Agreement will govern.
                     If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of
                     top-heavy status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting
                     schedule and the election in Section 9.04 applies.

           D.        BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE AND FORFEITURES - If a Participant
                     incurs a Termination of Employment, any portion of his or
                     her Individual Account which is not Vested shall be held in
                     a suspense account. Such suspense account shall share in
                     any increase or decrease in the fair market value of the
                     assets of the Fund in accordance with Section 4 of the
                     Plan. The disposition of such suspense account shall be as
                     follows:

                     1.        Breaks in Vesting Service - If a Participant
                               neither receives nor is deemed to receive a
                               distribution pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(3) or
                               (4) and the Participant returns to the service of
                               the Employer before incurring 5 consecutive
                               Breaks in Vesting Service, there shall be no
                               Forfeiture and the amount in such suspense
                               account shall be recredited to such Participant's
                               Individual Account.

                     2.        Five Consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service - If a
                               Participant neither receives nor is deemed to
                               receive a distribution pursuant to Section
                               6.01(D)(3) or (4) and the Participant does not


                                      -35-
<PAGE>

                               return to the service of the Employer before
                               incurring 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting
                               Service, the portion of the Participant's
                               Individual Account which is not Vested shall be
                               treated as a Forfeiture and allocated in
                               accordance with Section 3.01(C).

                     3.        Cash-out of Certain Participants - If the value
                               of the Vested portion of such Participant's
                               Individual Account derived from Nondeductible
                               Employee Contributions and Employer Contributions
                               does not exceed $3,500, the Participant shall
                               receive a distribution of the entire Vested
                               portion of such Individual Account and the
                               portion which is not Vested shall be treated as a
                               Forfeiture and allocated in accordance with
                               Section 3.01(C). For purposes of this Section, if
                               the value of the Vested portion of a
                               Participant's Individual Account is zero, the
                               Participant shall be deemed to have received a
                               distribution of such Vested Individual Account. A
                               Participant's Vested Individual Account balance
                               shall not include accumulated deductible employee
                               contributions within the meaning of Section
                               72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning
                               prior to January 1, 1989.

                     4.        Participants Who Elect to Receive Distributions -
                               If such Participant elects to receive a
                               distribution, in accordance with Section 6.02(B),
                               of the value of the Vested portion of his or her
                               Individual Account derived from Nondeductible
                               Employee Contributions and Employer
                               Contributions, the portion which is not Vested
                               shall be treated as a Forfeiture and allocated in
                               accordance with Section 3.01(C).

                     5.        Re-employed Participants - If a Participant
                               receives or is deemed to receive a distribution
                               pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(3) or (4) above and
                               the Participant resumes employment covered under
                               this Plan, the Participant's Employer-derived
                               Individual Account balance will be restored to
                               the amount on the date of distribution if the
                               Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of
                               the distribution attributable to Employer
                               Contributions before the earlier of 5 years after
                               the first date on which the Participant is
                               subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or the
                               date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive Breaks
                               in Vesting Service following the date of the
                               distribution.

                               Any restoration of a Participant's Individual
                               Account pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(5) shall be
                               made from other Forfeitures, income or gain to
                               the Fund or contributions made by the Employer.

           E.        DISTRIBUTION PRIOR TO FULL VESTING - If a distribution is
                     made to a Participant who was not then fully Vested in his
                     or her Individual Account derived from Employer
                     Contributions and the Participant may increase his or her
                     Vested percentage in his or her Individual Account, then
                     the following rules shall apply:

                     1.        a separate account will be established for the
                               Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time
                               of the distribution, and

                     2.        at any relevant time the Participant's Vested
                               portion of the separate account will be equal to
                               an amount ("X") determined by the formula: X=P
                               (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D) where "P" is the Vested
                               percentage at the relevant time, "AB" is the
                               separate account balance at the relevant time.
                               "D" is the amount of the distribution; and "R" is
                               the ratio of the separate account balance at the
                               relevant time to the separate account balance
                               after distribution


                                      -36-
<PAGE>

6.02       FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT

           A.        Value of Individual Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the
                     value of the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual
                     Account derived from Nondeductible Employee Contributions
                     and Employer Contributions does not exceed $3,500,
                     distribution from the Plan shall be made to the Participant
                     in a single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of
                     distribution from the Plan as soon as administratively
                     feasible.

           B.        Value of Individual Account Exceeds $3,500

                     1.        If the value of the Vested portion of a
                               Participant's Individual Account derived from
                               Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Employer
                               Contributions exceeds (or at the time of any
                               prior distribution exceeded) $3,500, and the
                               Individual Account is immediately distributable,
                               the Participant and the Participant's spouse (or
                               where either the Participant or the spouse died,
                               the survivor) must consent to any distribution of
                               such Individual Account. The consent of the
                               Participant and the Participant's spouse shall be
                               obtained in writing within the 90-day period
                               ending on the annuity starting date. The annuity
                               starting date is the first day of the first
                               period for which an amount is paid as an annuity
                               or any other form. The Plan Administrator shall
                               notify the Participant and the Participant's
                               spouse of the right to defer any distribution
                               until the Participant's Individual Account is no
                               longer immediately distributable. Such
                               notification shall include a general description
                               of the material features, and an explanation of
                               the relative values of, the optional forms of
                               benefit available under the Plan in a manner that
                               would satisfy the notice requirements of Section
                               417(a)(3) of the Code, and shall be provided no
                               less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior
                               to the annuity starting date.

                               If a distribution is one to which Sections
                               401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code
                               do not apply, such distribution may commence less
                               than 30 days after the notice required under
                               Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax
                               Regulations is given, provided that:

                               a.         the Plan Administrator clearly informs
                                          the Participant that the Participant
                                          has a right to a period of at least 30
                                          days after receiving the notice to
                                          consider the decision of whether or
                                          not to elect a distribution (and, if
                                          applicable, a particular distribution
                                          option), and

                               b.         the Participant, after receiving the
                                          notice, affirmatively elects a
                                          distribution.

                                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, only
                                          the Participant need consent to the
                                          commencement of a distribution in the
                                          form of a qualified joint and survivor
                                          annuity while the Individual Account
                                          is immediately distributable. Neither
                                          the consent of the Participant nor the
                                          Participant's spouse shall be required
                                          to the extent that a distribution is
                                          required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9)
                                          or Section 415 of the Code. In
                                          addition, upon termination of this
                                          Plan if the Plan does not offer an
                                          annuity option (purchased from a
                                          commercial provider), the
                                          Participant's Individual Account may,
                                          without the Participant's consent, be
                                          distributed to the Participant or
                                          transferred to another defined
                                          contribution plan (other than an
                                          employee stock ownership plan as
                                          defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the
                                          Code) within the same controlled
                                          group.

                                          An Individual Account is immediately
                                          distributable if any part of the
                                          Individual Account could be
                                          distributed to the Participant (or
                                          surviving spouse) before the


                                      -37-
<PAGE>

                                          Participant attains or would have
                                          attained (if not deceased) the later
                                          of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

                     2.        For purposes of determining the applicability of
                               the foregoing consent requirements to
                               distributions made before the first day of the
                               first Plan Year beginning after December 31,
                               1988, the Vested portion of a Participant's
                               Individual Account shall not include amounts
                               attributable to accumulated deductible employee
                               contributions within the meaning of Section
                               72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

           C.        OTHER FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT - If the value
                     of the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account
                     exceeds $3,500 and the Participant has properly waived the
                     joint and survivor annuity, as described in Section 6.05,
                     the Participant may request in writing that the Vested
                     portion of his or her Individual Account be paid to him or
                     her in one or more of the following forms of payment: (1)
                     in a lump sum; (2) in installment payments over a period
                     not to exceed the life expectancy of the Participant or the
                     joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant
                     and his or her designated Beneficiary; or (3) applied to
                     the purchase of an annuity contract

                     Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.02 to the
                     contrary, a Participant cannot elect payments in the form
                     of an annuity if the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor
                     rules of Section 6.05(F) apply.

6.03       DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT

           A.        DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY - SPOUSAL CONSENT - Each
                     Participant may designate, upon a form provided by and
                     delivered to the Plan Administrator, one or more primary
                     and contingent Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified
                     portion of the Participant's Individual Account in the
                     event of his or her death. A Participant may change or
                     revoke such Beneficiary designation from time to time by
                     completing and delivering the proper form to the Plan
                     Administrator.

                     In the event that a Participant wishes to designate a
                     primary Beneficiary who is not his or her spouse, his or
                     her spouse must consent in writing to such designation, and
                     the spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such
                     designation and be witnessed by a notary public or plan
                     representative. Notwithstanding this consent requirement,
                     if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the
                     Plan Administrator that such written consent may not be
                     obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be
                     located, no consent shall be required. Any change of
                     Beneficiary will require a new spousal consent.

           B.        PAYMENT TO BENEFICIARY - If a Participant dies before the
                     Participant's entire Individual Account has been paid to
                     him or her, such deceased Participant's Individual Account
                     shall be payable to any surviving Beneficiary designated by
                     the Participant, or, if no Beneficiary survives the
                     Participant, to the Participant's estate.

           C.        WRITTEN REQUEST: WHEN DISTRIBUTED - A Beneficiary of a
                     deceased Participant entitled to a distribution who wishes
                     to receive a distribution must submit a written request to
                     the Plan Administrator. Such request shall be made upon a
                     form provided by the Plan Administrator. Upon a valid
                     request, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee
                     (or Custodian) to commence distribution no la ter than the
                     time specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose
                     and if not specified in the Adoption Agreement, then no
                     later than 90 days following the later of:

                     1.        the close of the Plan Year within which the
                               Participant dies; or

                     2.        the close of the Plan Year in which the request
                               is received.


                                      -38-
<PAGE>

6.04       FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY

           A.        VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT DOES NOT EXCEED $3,500 - If the
                     value of the Participant's Individual Account derived from
                     Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Employer
                     Contributions does not exceed $3,500, the Plan
                     Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                     applicable) to make a distribution to the Beneficiary in a
                     single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of distribution
                     from the Plan.

           B.        VALUE OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT EXCEEDS $3,500 - If the value
                     of a Participant's Individual Account derived from
                     Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Employer
                     Contributions exceeds $3,500 the preretirement survivor
                     annuity requirements of Section 6.05 shall apply unless
                     waived in accordance with that Section or unless the
                     Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Section 6.05(F)
                     apply. However, a surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect
                     any form of payment allowable under the Plan in lieu of the
                     preretirement survivor annuity. Any such payment to the
                     surviving spouse must meet the requirements of Section
                     6.06.

           C.        OTHER FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY - If the value
                     of a Participant's Individual Account exceeds $3,500 and
                     the Participant has properly waived the preretirement
                     survivor annuity, as described in Section 6.05 (if
                     applicable) or if the Beneficiary is the Participant's
                     surviving spouse, the Beneficiary may, subject to the
                     requirements of Section 6.06, request in writing that the
                     Participant's Individual Account be paid as follows: (1) in
                     a lump sum; or (2) in installment payments over a period
                     not to exceed the life expectancy of such Beneficiary.

6.05       JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

           A.        The provisions of this Section shall apply to any
                     Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of
                     Eligibility Service with the Employer on or after August
                     23, 1984, and such other Participants as provided in
                     Section 6.05(G).

           B.        QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY - Unless an optional
                     form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified
                     election within the 90-day period ending on the annuity
                     starting date, a married Participant's Vested account
                     balance will be paid in the form of a qualified joint and
                     survivor annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested
                     account balance will be paid in the form of a life annuity.
                     The Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed
                     upon attainment of the earliest retirement age under the
                     Plan.

           C.        QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY - Unless an
                     optional form of benefit has been selected within the
                     election period pursuant to a qualified election, if a
                     Participant dies before the annuity starting date then the
                     Participant's Vested account balance shall be applied
                     toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the
                     surviving spouse. The surviving spouse may elect to have
                     such annuity distributed within a reasonable period after
                     the Participant's death.

           D.        DEFINITIONS

                     1.        Election Period - The period which begins on the
                               first day of the Plan Year in which the
                               Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date
                               of the Participant's death. If a Participant
                               separates from service prior to the first day of
                               the Plan Year in which a e 35 is attained, with
                               respect to the account balance as of the date of
                               separation, the election period shall begin on
                               the date of separation.


                                      -39-
<PAGE>

                               Pre-age 35 waiver - A Participant who will not
                               yet attain age 35 as of the end of any current
                               Plan Year may make special qualified election to
                               waive the qualified preretirement survivor
                               annuity for the period beginning on the date of
                               such election and ending on the first day of the
                               Plan Year in which the Participant will attain
                               age 35. Such election shall not be valid unless
                               the Participant receives a written explanation of
                               the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in
                               such terms as are comparable to the explanation
                               required under Section 6.05(E)(1). Qualified
                               preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be
                               automatically reinstated as of the first day of
                               the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
                               age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date
                               shall be subject to the full requirements of this
                               Section 6.05.

                     2.        Earliest Retirement Age - The earliest date on
                               which, under the Plan, the Participant could
                               elect to receive retirement benefits.

                     3.        Qualified Election - A waiver of a qualified
                               joint and survivor annuity or a qualified
                               preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver of a
                               qualified joint and survivor annuity or a
                               qualified preretirement survivor annuity shall
                               not be effective unless: (a) the Participant's
                               spouse consents in writing to the election, (b)
                               the election designates a specific Beneficiary,
                               including any class of beneficiaries or any
                               contingent beneficiaries, which may not be
                               changed without spousal consent (or the spouse
                               expressly permits designations by the Participant
                               without any further spousal consent); (c) the
                               spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the
                               election; and (d) the spouse's consent is
                               witnessed by a plan representative or notary
                               public. Additionally, a Participant's waiver of
                               the qualified joint and survivor annuity shall
                               not be effective unless the election designates a
                               form of benefit payment which may not be changed
                               without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly
                               permits designations by the Participant without
                               any further spousal consent). If it is
                               established to the satisfaction of a plan
                               representative that there is no spouse or that
                               the spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be
                               deemed a qualified election.

                               Any consent by a spouse obtained under this
                               provision (or establishment that the consent of a
                               spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective
                               only with respect to such spouse. A consent that
                               permits designations by the Participant without
                               any requirement of further consent by such spouse
                               must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to
                               limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a
                               specific form of benefit where applicable, and
                               that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish
                               either or both of such rights. A revocation of a
                               prior waiver may be made by a Participant without
                               the consent of the spouse at any time before the
                               commencement of benefits. The number of
                               revocations shall not be limited. No consent
                               obtained under this provision shall be valid
                               unless the Participant has received notice as
                               provided in Section 6.05(E) below.

                     4.        Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity - An
                               immediate annuity for the life of the Participant
                               with a survivor annuity for the life of the
                               spouse which is not less than 50% and not more
                               than 100% of the amount of the annuity which is
                               payable during the joint lives of the Participant
                               and the spouse and which is the amount of benefit
                               which can be purchased with the Participant's
                               vested account balance. The percentage of the
                               survivor annuity under the Plan shall be 50%
                               (unless a different percentage is elected by the
                               Employer in the Adoption Agreement).

                     5.        Spouse (surviving spouse) - The spouse or
                               surviving spouse of the Participant, provided
                               that a former spouse will be treated as the
                               spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse
                               will


                                      -40-
<PAGE>

                               not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse
                               to the extent provided under a qualified domestic
                               relations order as described in Section 414(p) of
                               the Code.

                     6.        Annuity Starting Date - The first day of the
                               first period for which an amount is paid as an
                               annuity or any other form.

                     7.        Vested Account Balance - The aggregate value of
                               the Participant's Vested account balances derived
                               from Employer and Nondeductible Employee
                               Contributions (including rollovers), whether
                               Vested before or upon death, including the
                               proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the
                               Participant's life. The provisions of this
                               Section 6.05 shall apply to a Participant who is
                               Vested in amounts attributable to Employer
                               Contributions, Nondeductible Employee
                               Contributions (or both) at the time of death or
                               distribution.

           E.        NOTICE REQUIREMENTS

                     1.        In the case of a qualified joint and survivor
                               annuity, the Plan Administrator shall no less
                               than 30 days and not more than 90 days prior to
                               the annuity starting date provide each
                               Participant a written explanation of: (a) the
                               terms and conditions of a qualified joint and
                               survivor annuity; (b) the Participant's right to
                               make and the effect of an election to waive the
                               qualified joint and survivor annuity form of
                               benefit; (c) the rights of a Participant's
                               spouse; and (d) the right to make, and the effect
                               of, a revocation of a previous election to waive
                               the qualified joint and survivor annuity.

                     2.        In the case of a qualified preretirement annuity
                               as described in Section 6.05(C), the Plan
                               Administrator shall provide each Participant
                               within the applicable period for such Participant
                               a written explanation of the qualified
                               preretirement survivor annuity in such terms and
                               in such manner as would be comparable to the
                               explanation provided for meeting the requirements
                               of Section 6.05(E)(1) applicable to a qualified
                               joint and survivor annuity.

                               The applicable period for a Participant is
                               whichever of the following periods ends last: (a)
                               the period beginning with the first day of the
                               Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32
                               and ending with the close of the Plan Year
                               preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant
                               attains age 35; (b) a reasonable period ending
                               after the individual becomes a Participant; (c) a
                               reasonable period ending after Section 6.05(E)(3)
                               ceases to apply to the Participant; and (d) a
                               reasonable period ending after this Section 6.05
                               first applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding
                               the foregoing, notice must be provided within a
                               reasonable period ending after separation from
                               service in the case of a Participant who
                               separates from service before attaining age 35.

                               For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph,
                               a reasonable period ending after the enumerated
                               events described in (b), (c) and (d) is the end
                               of the two-year period beginning one year prior
                               to the date the applicable event occurs, and
                               ending one year after that date. In the case of a
                               Participant who separates from service before the
                               Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice
                               shall be provided within the two-year period
                               beginning one year prior to separation and ending
                               one year after separation. If such a Participant
                               thereafter returns to employment with the
                               Employer, the applicable period for such
                               Participant shall be redetermined.

                     3.        Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                               Section 6.05(E), the respective notices
                               prescribed by this Section 6.05(E), need not be
                               given to a Participant if (a) the Plan "fully
                               subsidizes" the costs of a qualified joint and
                               survivor annuity or qualified preretirement


                                      -41-
<PAGE>

                               survivor annuity, and (b) the Plan does not allow
                               the Participant to waive the qualified joint and
                               survivor annuity or qualified preretirement
                               survivor annuity and does not allow a married
                               Participant to designate a nonspouse beneficiary.
                               For purposes of this Section 6.05(E)(3), a plan
                               fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no
                               increase in cost, or decrease in benefits to the
                               Participant may result from the Participant's
                               failure to elect another benefit.

           F.        RETIREMENT EQUITY ACT SAFE HARBOR RULES

                     1.        If the Employer so indicates in the Adoption
                               Agreement, this Section 6.05(F) shall apply to a
                               Participant in a profit sharing plan, and shall
                               always apply to any distribution, made on or
                               after the first day of the first Plan Year
                               beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under
                               a separate account attributable solely to
                               accumulated deductible employee contributions, as
                               defined in Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code, and
                               maintained on behalf of a Participant in a money
                               purchase pension plan, (including a target
                               benefit plan) if the following conditions are
                               satisfied:

                               a.         the Participant does not or cannot
                                          elect payments in the form of a life
                                          annuity; and

                               b.         on the death of a Participant, the
                                          Participant's Vested account balance
                                          will be paid to the Participant's
                                          surviving spouse, but if there is no
                                          surviving spouse, or if the surviving
                                          spouse has consented in a manner
                                          conforming to a qualified election,
                                          then to the Participant's designated
                                          Beneficiary. The surviving spouse may
                                          elect to have distribution of the
                                          Vested account balance commence within
                                          the 90-day period following the date
                                          of the Participant's death. The
                                          account balance shall be adjusted for
                                          gains or losses occurring after the
                                          Participant's death in accordance with
                                          the provisions of the Plan governing
                                          the adjustment of account balances for
                                          other types of distributions. This
                                          section 6.05(F) shall not be operative
                                          with respect to a Participant in a
                                          profit sharing plan if the plan is a
                                          direct or indirect transferee of a
                                          defined benefit plan, money purchase
                                          plan, a target benefit plan, stock
                                          bonus, or profit sharing plan which is
                                          subject to the survivor annuity
                                          requirements of Section 401(a)(11) and
                                          Section 417 of the code. If this
                                          Section 6.05(F) is operative, then the
                                          provisions of this Section 6.05 other
                                          than Section 6.05(G) shall be
                                          inoperative.

                     2.        The Participant may waive the spousal death
                               benefit described in this Section 6.05(F) at any
                               time provided that no such waiver shall be
                               effective unless it satisfies the conditions of
                               Section 6.05(D)(3) (other than the notification
                               requirement referred to therein) that would apply
                               to the Participant's waiver of the qualified
                               preretirement survivor annuity.

                     3.        For purposes of this Section 6.05(F), Vested
                               account balance shall mean, in the case of a
                               money purchase pension plan or a target benefit
                               plan, the Participant's separate account balance
                               attributable solely to accumulated deductible
                               employee contributions within the meaning of
                               Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code. In the case of a
                               profit sharing plan, Vested account balance shall
                               have the same meaning as provided in Section
                               6.05(D)(7).

           G.        TRANSITIONAL RULES

                     1.        Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                               August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive
                               the benefits prescribed by the previous
                               subsections of this Section 6.05 must be given
                               the opportunity to elect to have the prior
                               subsections of this Section apply if such
                               Participant is credited with at least one Hour of
                               Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan


                                      -42-
<PAGE>

                               in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
                               1976, and such Participant had at least 10 Years
                               of Vesting Service when he or she separated from
                               service.

                     2.        Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                               August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least
                               one Hour of Service under this Plan or a
                               predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974,
                               and who is not otherwise credited with any
                               service in a Plan Year beginning on or after
                               January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to
                               have his or her benefits paid in accordance with
                               Section 6.05(G)(4).

                     3.        The respective opportunities to elect (as
                               described in Section 6.05(G)(1) and (2) above)
                               must be afforded to the appropriate Participants
                               during the period commencing on August 23,1984,
                               and ending on the date benefits would otherwise
                               commence to said Participants.

                     4.        Any Participant who has elected pursuant to
                               Section 6.05(G)(2) and any Participant who does
                               not elect under Section 6.05(G)(1) or who meets
                               the requirements of Section 6.05(G)(1) except
                               that such Participant does not have at least 10
                               Years of Vesting Service when he or she separates
                               from service, shall have his or her benefits
                               distributed in accordance with all of the
                               following requirements if benefits would have
                               been payable in the form of a life annuity:

                               a.         Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity -
                                          If benefits in the form of a life
                                          annuity become payable to a married
                                          Participant who:

                                          (1)       begins to receive payments
                                                    under the Plan on or after
                                                    Normal Retirement Age; or

                                          (2)       dies on or after Normal
                                                    Retirement Age while still
                                                    working for the Employer; or

                                          (3)       begins to receive payments
                                                    on or after the qualified
                                                    early retirement age; or

                                          (4)       separates from service on or
                                                    after attaining Normal
                                                    Retirement Age (or the
                                                    qualified early retirement
                                                    age) and after satisfying
                                                    the eligibility requirements
                                                    for the payment of benefits
                                                    under the Plan and
                                                    thereafter dies before
                                                    beginning to receive such
                                                    benefits;

                                          then such benefits will be received
                                          under this Plan in the form of a
                                          qualified joint and survivor annuity,
                                          unless the Participant has elected
                                          otherwise during the election period.
                                          The election period must begin at
                                          least 6 months before the Participant
                                          attains qualified early retirement age
                                          and ends not more than 90 days before
                                          the commencement of benefits. Any
                                          election hereunder will be in writing
                                          and may be changed by the Participant
                                          at any time.

                               b.         Election of Early Survivor Annuity - A
                                          Participant who is employed after
                                          attaining the qualified early
                                          retirement age will be given the
                                          opportunity to elect, during the
                                          election period, to have a survivor
                                          annuity payable on death. If the
                                          Participant elects the survivor
                                          annuity, payments under such annuity
                                          must not be less than the payments
                                          which would have been made to the
                                          spouse under the qualified joint and
                                          survivor annuity if the Participant
                                          had retired on the day before his or
                                          her death. Any election under this
                                          provision will be in writing and may
                                          be changed by the


                                      -43-
<PAGE>

                                          Participant at any time. The election
                                          period begins on the later of (1) the
                                          90th day before the Participant
                                          attains the qualified early retirement
                                          age, or (2) the date on which
                                          participation begins, and ends on the
                                          date the Participant terminates
                                          employment.

                               c.         For purposes of Section 6.05(G)(4):

                                          1.        Qualified early retirement
                                                    age is the latest of:

                                                    a.      the earliest date,
                                                            under the Plan, on
                                                            which the
                                                            Participant may
                                                            elect to receive
                                                            retirement benefits,

                                                    b.      the first day of the
                                                            120th month
                                                            beginning before the
                                                            Participant reaches
                                                            Normal Retirement
                                                            Age, or

                                                    c.      the date the
                                                            Participant begins
                                                            participation.

                                          2.        Qualified joint and survivor
                                                    annuity is an annuity for
                                                    the life of the Participant
                                                    with a survivor annuity for
                                                    the life of the spouse as
                                                    described in Section
                                                    6.05(D)(4) of this Plan.

6.06       DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

           A.        GENERAL RULES

                     1.        Subject to Section 6.05 Joint and Survivor
                               Annuity Requirements, the requirements of this
                               Section shall apply to any distribution of a
                               Participant's interest and will take precedence
                               over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan.
                               Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of
                               this Section 6.06 apply to calendar years
                               beginning after December 31, 1984.

                     2.        All distributions required under this Section
                               6.06 shall be determined and made in accordance
                               with the Income Tax Regulations under Section
                               401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution
                               incidental benefit requirement of Section
                               1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations.

           B.        REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE - The entire interest of a
                     Participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed
                     no later than the Participant's required beginning date.

           C.        LIMITS ON DISTRIBUTION PERIODS - As of the first
                     distribution calendar year, distributions, if not made in a
                     single sum, may only be made over one of the following
                     periods (or a combination thereof):

                     1.        the life of the Participant,

                     2.        the life of the Participant and a designated
                               Beneficiary,

                     3.        a period certain not extending beyond the life
                               expectancy of the Participant, or

                     4.        a period certain not extending beyond the joint
                               and last survivor expectancy of the Participant
                               and a designated Beneficiary.


                                      -44-
<PAGE>

           D.        DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED EACH YEAR - If
                     the Participant's interest is to be distributed in other
                     than a single sum, the following minimum distribution rules
                     shall apply on or after the required beginning date:

                     1.        Individual Account

                               a.         If a Participant's benefit is to be
                                          distributed over (1) a period not
                                          extending beyond the life expectancy
                                          of the Participant or the joint life
                                          and last survivor expectancy of the
                                          Participant and the Participants
                                          designated Beneficiary or (2) a period
                                          not extending beyond the life
                                          expectancy of the designated
                                          Beneficiary, the amount required to be
                                          distributed for each calendar year,
                                          beginning with distributions for the
                                          first distribution calendar year, must
                                          at least equal the quotient obtained
                                          by dividing the Participant's benefit
                                          by the applicable fife expectancy.

                               b.         For calendar years beginning before
                                          January 1, 1989, if the Participant's
                                          spouse is not the designated
                                          Beneficiary, the method of
                                          distribution selected must assure that
                                          at least 50% of the present value of
                                          the amount available for distribution
                                          is paid within the life expectancy of
                                          the Participant.

                               c.         For calendar years beginning after
                                          December 31, 1988, the amount to be
                                          distributed each year, beginning with
                                          distributions for the first
                                          distribution calendar year shall not
                                          be less than the quotient obtained by
                                          dividing the Participant's benefit by
                                          the lesser of (1) the applicable life
                                          expectancy or (2) if the Participant's
                                          spouse is not the designated
                                          Beneficiary, the applicable divisor
                                          determined from the table set forth in
                                          Q&A-4 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
                                          Proposed Income Tax Regulations.
                                          Distributions after the death of the
                                          Participant shall be distributed using
                                          the applicable life expectancy in
                                          Section 6.05(D)(1)(a) above as the
                                          relevant divisor without regard to
                                          proposed regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                               d.         The minimum distribution required for
                                          the Participant's first distribution
                                          calendar year must be made on or
                                          before the Participant's required
                                          beginning date. The minimum
                                          distribution for other calendar years,
                                          including the minimum distribution for
                                          the distribution calendar year in
                                          which the Employee's required
                                          beginning date occurs, must be made on
                                          or before December 31 of that
                                          distribution calendar year.

                     2.        Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is
                               distributed in the form of an annuity purchased
                               from an insurance company, distributions
                               thereunder shall be made in accordance with the
                               requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and
                               the regulations thereunder.

           E.        DEATH DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

                     1.        Distribution Beginning Before Death - If the
                               Participant dies after distribution of his or her
                               interest has begun, the remaining portion of such
                               interest will continue to be distributed at least
                               as rapidly as under the method of distribution
                               being used prior to the Participant's death.

                     2.        Distribution Beginning After Death - If the
                               Participant dies before distribution of his or
                               her interest begins, distribution of the
                               Participant's entire interest shall be completed
                               by December 31 of the calendar year containing
                               the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
                               except to the extent that an election is made to
                               receive distributions in accordance with (a) or
                               (b) below:


                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                               a.         if any portion of the Participant's
                                          interest is payable to a designated
                                          Beneficiary, distributions may be made
                                          over the life or over a period certain
                                          not greater than the life expectancy
                                          of the designated Beneficiary
                                          commencing on or before December 31 of
                                          the calendar year immediately
                                          following the calendar year in which
                                          the Participant died;

                               b.         if the designated Beneficiary is the
                                          Participant's surviving spouse, the
                                          date distributions are required to
                                          begin in accordance with (a) above
                                          shall not be earlier than the later of
                                          (1) December 31 of the calendar year
                                          immediately following the calendar
                                          year in which the Participant dies or
                                          (2) December 31 of the calendar year
                                          in which the Participant would have
                                          attained age 701/2. If the Participant
                                          has not made an election pursuant to
                                          this Section 6.05(E)(2) by the time of
                                          his or her death, the Participant's
                                          designated Beneficiary must elect the
                                          method of distribution no later than
                                          the earlier of (1) December 31 of the
                                          calendar year in which distributions
                                          would be required to begin under this
                                          Section 6.05(E)(2), or (2) December 31
                                          of the calendar Year which contains
                                          the fifth anniversary of the date of
                                          death of the Participant. If the
                                          Participant has no designated
                                          Beneficiary, or if the designated
                                          Beneficiary does not elect a method of
                                          distribution, distribution of the
                                          Participant's entire interest must be
                                          completed by December 31 of the
                                          calendar year containing the fifth
                                          anniversary of the Participant's
                                          death.

                     3.        For purposes of Section 6.06(E)(2) above, if the
                               surviving spouse dies after the Participant, but
                               before payments to such spouse begin, the
                               provisions of Section 6.06(E)(2), with the
                               exception of paragraph (b) therein, shall be
                               applied as if the surviving spouse were the
                               Participant.

                     4.        For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), any amount
                               paid to a child of the Participant will be
                               treated as if it had been paid to the surviving
                               spouse if the amount becomes payable to the
                               surviving spouse when the child reaches the age
                               of majority.

                     5.        For purposes of this Section 6.06(E),
                               distribution of a Participant's interest is
                               considered to begin on the Participant's required
                               beginning date (or, if Section 6.06(E)(3) above
                               is applicable, the date distribution is required
                               to begin to the surviving spouse pursuant to
                               Section 6.06(E)(2) above). If distribution in the
                               form of an annuity irrevocably commences to the
                               Participant before the required beginning date,
                               the date distribution is considered to begin is
                               the data distribution actually commences.

           F.        DEFINITIONS

                     1.        Applicable Life Expectancy - The life expectancy
                               (or joint and last survivor expectancy)
                               calculated using the attained age of the
                               Participant (or designated Beneficiary) as of the
                               Participant's (or designated Beneficiary's)
                               birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced
                               by one for each calendar year which has elapsed
                               since the date life expectancy was first
                               calculated. If life expectancy is being
                               recalculated, the applicable life expectancy
                               shall be the life expectancy as so recalculated.
                               The applicable calendar year shall be the first
                               distribution calendar year, and if life
                               expectancy is being recalculated such succeeding
                               calendar year.

                     2.        Designated Beneficiary - The individual who is
                               designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in
                               accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and
                               the regulations thereunder.


                                      -46-
<PAGE>

                     3.        Distribution Calendar Year - A calendar year for
                               which a minimum distribution is required. For
                               distributions beginning before the Participant's
                               death, the first distribution calendar year is
                               the calendar year immediately preceding the
                               calendar year which contains the Participant's
                               required beginning date. For distributions
                               beginning after the Participant's death, the
                               first distribution calendar year is the calendar
                               year in which distributions are required to begin
                               pursuant to Section 6.05(E) above.

                     4.        Life Expectancy - Life expectancy and joint and
                               last survivor expectancy are computed by use of
                               the expected return multiples in Tables V and VI
                               of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

                               Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or
                               spouse, in the case of distributions described in
                               Section 6.05(E)(2)(b) above) by the time
                               distributions are required to begin, life
                               expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such
                               election shall be irrevocable as to the
                               Participant (or spouse) and shall apply to all
                               subsequent years. The life expectancy of a
                               nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

                     5.        Participant's Benefit

                               a.         The account balance as of the last
                                          valuation date in the valuation
                                          calendar year (the calendar year
                                          immediately preceding the distribution
                                          calendar year) increased by the amount
                                          of any Contributions or Forfeitures
                                          allocated to the account balance as of
                                          dates in the valuation calendar year
                                          after the valuation date and decreased
                                          by distributions made in the valuation
                                          calendar year after the valuation
                                          date.

                               b.         Exception for second distribution
                                          calendar year. For purposes of
                                          paragraph (a) above, if any portion of
                                          the minimum distribution for the first
                                          distribution calendar year is made in
                                          the second distribution calendar year
                                          on or before the required beginning
                                          date, the amount of the minimum
                                          distribution made in the second
                                          distribution calendar year shall be
                                          treated as if it had been made in the
                                          immediately preceding distribution
                                          calendar year.

                     6.        Required Beginning Date

                               a.         General Rule - The required beginning
                                          date of a Participant is the first day
                                          of April of the calendar year
                                          following the calendar year in which
                                          the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

                               b.         Transitional Rules - The required
                                          beginning date of a Participant who
                                          attains age 70 1/2 before January 1,
                                          1988, shall be determined in
                                          accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                                          (1)       Non 5% Owners - The required
                                                    beginning date of a
                                                    Participant who is not a 5%
                                                    owner is the first day of
                                                    April of the calendar year
                                                    following the calendar year
                                                    in which the later of
                                                    retirement or attainment of
                                                    age 70 1/2 occurs.

                                          (2)       5% Owners - The required
                                                    beginning date of a
                                                    Participant who is a 5%
                                                    owner during any year
                                                    beginning after December 31,
                                                    1979, is the first day of
                                                    April following the later
                                                    of:


                                      -47-
<PAGE>

                                                    (a)     the calendar year in
                                                            which the
                                                            Participant attains
                                                            age 70 1/2, or

                                                    (b)     the earlier of the
                                                            calendar year with
                                                            or within which ends
                                                            the Plan Year in
                                                            which the
                                                            Participant becomes
                                                            a 5% owner, or the
                                                            calendar year in
                                                            which the
                                                            Participant retires.

                                                            The required
                                                            beginning date of a
                                                            Participant who is
                                                            not a 5% owner who
                                                            attains age 70 1/2
                                                            during 1988 and who
                                                            has not retired as
                                                            of January 1, 1989,
                                                            is April 1, 1990.

                                          c.        5% Owner - A Participant is
                                                    treated as a 5% owner for
                                                    purposes of this Section
                                                    6.06(F)(6) if such
                                                    Participant is a 5% owner as
                                                    defined in Section 416(i) of
                                                    the Code (determined in
                                                    accordance with Section 416
                                                    but without regard to
                                                    whether the Plan is
                                                    top-heavy) at any time
                                                    during the Plan Year ending
                                                    with or within the calendar
                                                    year in which such owner
                                                    attains age 66 1/2 or any
                                                    subsequent Plan Year.

                                          d.        Once distributions have
                                                    begun to a 5% owner under
                                                    this Section 6.06(F)(6) they
                                                    must continue to be
                                                    distributed, even if the
                                                    Participant ceases to be a
                                                    5% owner in a subsequent
                                                    year.

           G.        TRANSITIONAL RULE

                     1.        Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                               Section 6.06 and subject to the requirements of
                               Section 6.05, Joint and Survivor Annuity
                               Requirements, distribution on behalf of any
                               Employee, including a 5% owner, may be made in
                               accordance with all of the following requirements
                               (regardless of when such distribution commences):

                               a.         The distribution by the Fund is one
                                          which would not have qualified such
                                          Fund under Section 401(a)(9) of the
                                          Code as in effect prior to amendment
                                          by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

                               b.         The distribution is in accordance with
                                          a method of distribution designated by
                                          the Employee whose interest in the
                                          Fund is being distributed or, if the
                                          Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary
                                          of such Employee.

                               c.         Such designation was in writing, was
                                          signed by the Employee or the
                                          Beneficiary, and was made before
                                          January 1, 1984.

                               d.         The Employee had accrued a benefit
                                          under the Plan as of December 31,
                                          1983.

                               e.         The method of distribution designated
                                          by the Employee or the Beneficiary
                                          specifies the time at which
                                          distribution will commence, the period
                                          over which distributions will be made,
                                          and in the case of any distribution
                                          upon the Employee's death, the
                                          Beneficiaries of the Employee listed
                                          in order of priority.

                     2.        A distribution upon death will not be covered by
                               this transitional rule unless the information in
                               the designation contains the required information
                               described above with respect to the distributions
                               to be made upon the death of the Employee.


                                      -48-
<PAGE>

                     3.        For any distribution which commences before
                               January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31,
                               1983, the Employee, or the Beneficiary, to whom
                               such distribution is being made, will be presumed
                               to have designated the method of distribution
                               under which the distribution is being made if the
                               method of distribution was specified in writing
                               and the distribution satisfies the requirements
                               in Section 6.06(G)(1)(a) and (e).

                     4.        If a designation is revoked, any subsequent
                               distribution must satisfy the requirements of
                               Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                               thereunder. If a designation is revoked
                               subsequent to the date distributions are required
                               to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of
                               the calendar year following the calendar year in
                               which the revocation occurs the total amount not
                               yet distributed which would have been required to
                               have been distributed to satisfy Section
                               401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                               thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2)
                               election. For calendar years beginning after
                               December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet
                               the minimum distribution incidental benefit
                               requirements in Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
                               Proposed Income Tax Regulations. Any changes in
                               the designation will be considered to be a
                               revocation of the designation. However, the mere
                               substitution or addition of another Beneficiary
                               (one not named in the designation) under the
                               designation will not be considered to be a
                               revocation of the designation, so long as such
                               substitution or addition does not alter the
                               period over which distributions are to be made
                               under the designation, directly or indirectly
                               (for example, by altering the relevant measuring
                               life). In the case in which an amount is
                               transferred or roller over from one plan to
                               another plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3
                               shall apply.

6.07       ANNUITY CONTRACTS

           Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan (if permitted or
           required by this Section 6) must be nontransferable. The terms of any
           annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a
           Participant or spouse shall comply with the requirements of the Plan.

6.08       LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

           If the Adoption Agreement so indicates, a Participant may receive a
           loan from the Fund, subject to the following rules:

           A.        Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a
                     reasonably equivalent basis.

           B.        Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated
                     Employees (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) in an
                     amount greater than the amount made available Co other
                     Employees.

           C.        Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable
                     interest rate.

           D.        No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of the
                     Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account.

           E.        A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse,
                     if any, to the use of the Individual Account as security
                     for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier
                     than the beginning of the 90 day period that ends on the
                     date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent
                     must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the
                     loan, and must be witnessed by a plan representative or
                     notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding
                     with respect to the consenting spouse or any subsequent
                     spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be
                     required if the account balance is used for renegotiation,
                     extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.
                     Notwithstanding the


                                      -49-
<PAGE>

                     foregoing, no spousal consent is necessary if, at the time
                     the loan is secured, no consent would be required for a
                     distribution under Section 417(a)(2)(B). In addition,
                     spousal consent is not required if the Plan or the
                     Participant is not subject to Section 401(a)(11) at the
                     time the Individual Account is used as security, or if the
                     total Individual Account subject to the security is less
                     than or equal to $3,500.

           F.        In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and
                     attachment of security will not occur until a distributable
                     event occurs in the Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding
                     sentence, a Participant's default on a loan will be treated
                     as a distributable event and as soon as administratively
                     feasible after the default, the Participant's Vested
                     Individual Account will be reduced by the lesser of the
                     amount in debt (plus accrued interest) or the amount
                     secured. If this Plan is a 401(k) plan, then to the extent
                     the loan is attributable to a Participant's Elective
                     Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                     Matching Contributions, the Participant's Individual
                     Account will not be reduced unless the Participant has
                     attained age 59 1/2or has another distributable event. A
                     Participant will be deemed to have consented to the
                     provision at the time the loan is made to the Participant

           G.        No loans will be made to any shareholder-employee or
                     Owner-Employee. For purposes of this requirement, a
                     shareholder employee means an employee or officer of an
                     electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns
                     (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section
                     318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during the taxable year
                     of such corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock
                     of the corporation.

                     If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance
                     with 6.08(E), then, notwithstanding any other provisions of
                     this Plan, the portion of the Participant's Vested
                     Individual Account used as a security interest held by the
                     Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant
                     shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the
                     amount of the account balance payable at the time of death
                     or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as
                     repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of the
                     Participant's Vested Individual Account (determined without
                     regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the
                     surviving spouse, then the account balance shall be
                     adjusted by first reducing the Vested Individual Account by
                     the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan,
                     and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving
                     spouse.

                     To avoid taxation to the Participant, no loan to any
                     Participant can be made to the extent that such loan when
                     added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the
                     Participant would exceed the lesser of (a) $50,000 reduced
                     by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance
                     of loans during the one year period ending on the day
                     before the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of
                     loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b)
                     50% of the present value of the nonforfeitable Individual
                     Account of the Participant or, if greater, the total
                     Individual Account up to $10,000. For the purpose of the
                     above limitation, all loans from all plans of the Employer
                     and other members of a group of employers described in
                     Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code are
                     aggregated. Furthermore, any loan shall by its terms
                     require that repayment (principal and interest) be
                     amortized in level payments, not less frequently than
                     quarterly over a period not extending beyond 5 years from
                     the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a
                     dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at
                     the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal
                     residence of the Participant. An assignment or pledge of
                     any portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and a
                     loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance
                     contract purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a
                     loan under this paragraph.

                     The Plan Administrator shall administer the loan program in
                     accordance with a written document. Such written document
                     shall include, at a minimum, the following: (i) the
                     identity of the person or positions authorized to
                     administer the Participant loan program; (ii) the procedure
                     for applying for


                                      -50-
<PAGE>

                     loans; (iii) the basis on which loans will be approved or
                     denied; (iv) limitations (if any) on the types and amounts
                     of loans offered; (v) the procedure under the program for
                     determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types
                     of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and
                     (vii) the events constituting default and the steps that
                     will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the event of such
                     default.

6.09       DISTRIBUTION IN KIND

           The Plan Administrator may cause any distribution under this Plan to
           be made either in a form actually held in the Fund, or in cash by
           converting assets other than cash into cash, or in any combination of
           the two foregoing ways.

6.10       DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS

           A.        Direct Rollover Option

                     This Section applies to distributions made on or after
                     January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan
                     to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's
                     election under this Section, a distributee may elect, at
                     the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan
                     Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover
                     distribution that is equal to at least $500 paid directly
                     to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee
                     in a direct rollover.

           B.        Definitions

                     1.        Eligible rollover distribution - An eligible
                               rollover distribution is any distribution of all
                               or any portion of the balance to the credit of
                               the distributee, except that an eligible rollover
                               distribution does not include:

                               a.         any distribution that is one of a
                                          series of substantially equal periodic
                                          payments (not less frequently than
                                          annually) made for the life (or life
                                          expectancy) of the distribution of the
                                          joint lives (or joint life
                                          expectancies) of the distributee and
                                          the distributee's designated
                                          Beneficiary, or for a specified period
                                          of ten years or more;

                               b.         any distribution to the extent such
                                          distribution is required under Section
                                          401(a)(9) of the Code;

                               c.         the portion of any other distribution
                                          that is not includible in gross income
                                          (determined without regard to the
                                          exclusion for net unrealized
                                          appreciation with respect to employer
                                          securities); and

                               d.         any other distribution(s) that is
                                          reasonably expected to total less than
                                          $200 during a year.

                     2.        Eligible retirement plan - An eligible retirement
                               plan is an individual retirement account
                               described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an
                               individual retirement annuity described in
                               Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan
                               described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a
                               qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of
                               the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible
                               rollover distribution. However, in the case of an
                               eligible rollover distribution to the surviving
                               spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an
                               individual retirement account or individual
                               retirement annuity.


                                      -51-
<PAGE>

                     3.        Distributee - A distributee includes an Employee
                               or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's
                               or former Employee's surviving spouse and the
                               Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former
                               spouse who is the alternate payee under a
                               qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
                               Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with
                               regard to the interest of the spouse or former
                               spouse.

                     4.        Direct rollover - A direct rollover is a payment
                               by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan
                               specified by the distributee.

6.11       PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES

                     The Plan Administrator must use all reasonable measures to
                     locate Participants or Beneficiaries who are entitled to
                     distributions from the Plan. In the event that the Plan
                     Administrator cannot locate a Participant or Beneficiary
                     who is entitled to a distribution from the Plan after using
                     all reasonable measures to locate him or her, the Plan
                     Administrator may, consistent with applicable laws,
                     regulations and other pronouncements under ERISA, use any
                     reasonable procedure to dispose of distributable plan
                     assets, including any of the following: (1) establish a
                     bank account for and in the name of the Participant or
                     Beneficiary and transfer the assets to such bank account,
                     (2) purchase an annuity contract with the assets in the
                     name of the expiration of Participant or Beneficiary, or
                     (3) after the expiration of 5 years after the benefit
                     becomes payable, treat the amount distributable as a
                     Forfeiture and allocate it in accordance with the terms of
                     the Plan and if the Participant or Beneficiary is later
                     located, restore such benefit to the Plan.

SECTION SEVEN                  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

7.01       FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS

           A Participant or Beneficiary who desires to make a claim for the
           Vested portion of the Participant's Individual Account shall file a
           written request with the Plan Administrator on a form to be furnished
           to him or her by the Plan Administrator for such purpose. The request
           shall set forth the basis of the claim. The Plan Administrator is
           authorized to conduct such examinations as may be necessary to
           facilitate the payment of any benefits to which the Participant or
           Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of the Plan.

7.02       DENIAL OF CLAIM

           Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant or
           Beneficiary has been wholly or partially denied, the Plan
           Administrator must furnish such Participant or Beneficiary written
           notice of the denial within 60 days of the date the original claim
           was filed. This notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the
           denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the
           denial is based, a description of any additional information or
           material needed to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such
           additional information or material is necessary and an explanation of
           the procedures for appeal.

7.03       REMEDIES AVAILABLE

           The Participant or Beneficiary shall have 60 days from receipt of the
           denial notice in which to make written application for review by the
           Plan Administrator. The Participant or Beneficiary may request that
           the review be in the nature of a hearing. The Participant or
           Beneficiary shall have the right to representation, to review
           pertinent documents and to submit comments in writing. The Plan
           Administrator shall issue a decision on such review within 60 days
           after receipt of an application for review as provided for in Section
           7.02. Upon a decision unfavorable to the Participant or Beneficiary,
           such Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to bring


                                      -52-
<PAGE>

           such actions in law or equity as may be necessary or appropriate to
           protect or clarify his or her right to benefits under this Plan.

SECTION EIGHT                  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

8.01       EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

           A.        The Employer shall be the Plan Administrator unless the
                     managing body of the Employer designates a person or
                     persons other than the Employer as the Plan Administrator
                     and so notifies the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).
                     The Employer shall also be the Plan Administrator if the
                     person or persons so designated cease to be the Plan
                     Administrator. The Employer may establish an administrative
                     committee that will carry out the Plan Administrator's
                     duties. Members of the administrative committee may
                     allocate the Plan Administrator's duties among themselves.

           B.        If the managing body of the Employer designates a person or
                     persons other than the Employer as Plan Administrator, such
                     person or persons shall serve at the pleasure of the
                     Employer and shall serve pursuant to such procedures as
                     such managing body may provide. Each such person shall be
                     bonded as may be required by law.

8.02       POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

           A.        The Plan Administrator may, by appointment, allocate the
                     duties of the Plan Administrator among several individuals
                     or entities. Such appointments shall not be effective until
                     the party designated accepts such appointment in writing.

           B.        The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to control
                     and manage the operation and administration of the Plan.
                     The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan for the
                     exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
                     Beneficiaries in accordance with the specific terms of the
                     Plan.

           C.        The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of
                     the general administration of the Plan, including, but not
                     limited to the following:

                     1.        To determine all questions of interpretation or
                               policy in a manner consistent with the Plan's
                               documents and the Plan Administrator's
                               construction or determination in good faith shall
                               be conclusive and binding on all persons except
                               as otherwise provided herein or by law. Any
                               interpretation or construction shall be done in a
                               nondiscriminatory manner and shall be consistent
                               with the intent that the Plan shall continue to
                               be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of
                               Section 401 (a) of the Code, as amended from time
                               to time, and shall comply with the terms of
                               ERISA, as amended from time to time;

                     2.        To determine all questions relating to the
                               eligibility of Employees to become or remain
                               Participants hereunder;

                     3.        To compute the amounts necessary or desirable to
                               be contributed to the Plan;

                     4.        To compute the amount and kind of benefits to
                               which a Participant or Beneficiary shall be
                               entitled under the Plan and to direct the Trustee
                               (or Custodian, if applicable) with respect to all
                               disbursements under the Plan, and, when requested
                               by the Trustee (or Custodian), to furnish the
                               Trustee (or Custodian) with instructions, in
                               writing, on matters pertaining to the Plan and
                               the Trustee (or Custodian) may rely and act
                               thereon;


                                      -53-
<PAGE>

                     5.        To maintain all records necessary for the
                               administration of the Plan;

                     6.        To be responsible for preparing and filing such
                               disclosure and tax forms as may be required from
                               time to time by the Secretary of Labor or the
                               Secretary of the Treasury; and

                     7.        To furnish each Employee, Participant or
                               Beneficiary such notices, information and reports
                               under such circumstances as may be required by
                               law.

           D.        The Plan Administrator shall have all of the powers
                     necessary or appropriate to accomplish his or her duties
                     under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the
                     following:

                     1.        To appoint and retain such persons as may be
                               necessary to carry out the functions of the Plan
                               Administrator;

                     2.        To appoint and retain counsel, specialists or
                               other persons as the Plan Administrator deems
                               necessary or advisable in the administration of
                               the Plan;

                     3.        To resolve all questions of administration of the
                               Plan;

                     4.        To establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory
                               rules which it deems necessary to carry out the
                               terms of the Plan;

                     5.        To make any adjustments in a uniform and
                               nondiscriminatory manner which it deems necessary
                               to correct any arithmetical or accounting errors
                               which may have been made for any Plan Year; and

                     6.        To correct any defect, supply any omission or
                               reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to
                               such extent as shall be deemed necessary or
                               advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan.

8.03       EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION

           All reasonable expenses of administration including, but not limited
           to, those involved in retaining necessary professional assistance may
           be paid from the assets of the Fund. Alternatively, the Employer may,
           in its discretion, pay any or all such expenses. Pursuant to uniform
           and nondiscriminatory rules that the Plan Administrator may establish
           from time to time, administrative expenses and expenses unique to a
           particular Participant may be charged to a Participant's Individual
           Account or the Plan Administrator may allow Participants to pay such
           fees outside of the Plan. The Employer shall furnish the Plan
           Administrator with such clerical and other assistance as the Plan
           Administrator may need in the performance of his or her duties.

8.04       INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

           To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his or her duties, the
           Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan
           Administrator (or his or her designated agents) on all matters
           relating to the Compensation of all Participants, their regular
           employment, retirement, death, Disability or Termination of
           Employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator
           (or his or her agents) may require. The Plan Administrator shall
           advise the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) of such of the
           foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's (or Custodian's)
           duties under the Plan. The Plan Administrator (or his or her agents)
           is entitled to rely on such information as is supplied by the
           Employer and shall have no duty or responsibility to verify such
           information.


                                      -54-
<PAGE>

SECTION NINE                   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01       RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN

           A.        The Employer, by adopting the Plan, expressly delegates to
                     the Prototype Sponsor the power, but not the duty, to amend
                     the Plan without any further action or consent of the
                     Employer as the Prototype Sponsor deems necessary for the
                     purpose of adjusting the Plan to comply with all laws and
                     regulations governing pension or profit sharing plans.
                     Specifically, it is understood that the amendments may be
                     made unilaterally by the Prototype Sponsor. However, it
                     shall be understood that the Prototype Sponsor shall be
                     under no obligation to amend the Plan documents and the
                     Employer expressly waives any rights or claims against the
                     Prototype Sponsor for not exercising this power to amend.
                     For purposes of Prototype Sponsor amendments, the mass
                     submitter shall be recognized as the agent of the Prototype
                     Sponsor. If the Prototype Sponsor does not adopt the
                     amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be
                     identical to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter
                     plan.

           B.        An amendment by the Prototype Sponsor shall be accomplished
                     by giving written notice to the Employer of the amendment
                     to be made. The notice shall set forth the text of such
                     amendment and the date such amendment is to be effective.
                     Such amendment shall take effect unless within the 30 day
                     period after such notice is provided, or within such
                     shorter period as the notice may specify, the Employer
                     gives the Prototype Sponsor written notice of refusal to
                     consent to the amendment. Such written notice of refusal
                     shall have the effect of withdrawing the Plan as a
                     prototype plan and shall cause the Plan to be considered an
                     individually designed plan. The right of the Prototype
                     Sponsor to cause the Plan to be amended shall terminate
                     should the Plan cease to conform as a prototype plan as
                     provided in this or any other section.

9.02       RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN

           The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption
           Agreement; (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when
           such language is necessary to satisfy Section 415 or Section 416 of
           the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and
           (3) add certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue
           Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause
           the Plan to be treated as individually designed. An Employer that
           amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the
           minimum funding requirement under Section 412(d) of the Code, will no
           longer participate in this prototype plan and will be considered to
           have an individually designed plan.

           An Employer who wishes to amend the Plan to change the options it has
           chosen in the Adoption Agreement must complete and deliver a new
           Adoption Agreement to the Prototype Sponsor and Trustee (or
           Custodian, if applicable). Such amendment shall become effective upon
           execution by the Employer and Trustee (or Custodian).

           The Employer further reserves the right to replace the Plan in its
           entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the Employer
           designates as a replacement plan.

9.03       LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND

           No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has
           the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit.
           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Individual
           Account may be reduced to the extent permitted under Section
           412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of this paragraph, a plan
           amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant's
           Individual Account or eliminating an optional form of benefit with
           respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment
           shall be treated as reducing an accrued


                                      -55-
<PAGE>

           benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended,
           in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of
           the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective,
           the Vested percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's
           Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions will not be
           less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
           such amendment.

9.04       AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE

           If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in
           any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the
           Participant's Vested percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by
           an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each
           Participant with at least 3 Years of Vesting Service with the
           Employer may elect, within the time set forth below, to have the
           Vested percentage computed under the- Plan without regard to such
           amendment.

           For Participants who do not have at least 1 Hour of Service in any
           Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence
           shall be applied by substituting "5 Years of Vesting Service" for "3
           Years of Vesting Service" where such language appears.

           The Period during which the election may be made shall commence with
           the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end
           the later of:

           A.        60 days after the amendment is adopted;

           B.        60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

           C.        60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of
                     the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

9.05       PERMANENCY

           The Employer expects to continue this Plan and make the necessary
           contributions thereto indefinitely, but such continuance and payment
           is not assumed as a contractual obligation. Neither the Adoption
           Agreement nor the Plan nor any amendment or modification thereof nor
           the making of contributions hereunder shall be construed as giving
           any Participant or any person whomsoever any legal or equitable right
           against the Employer, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) the
           Plan Administrator or the Prototype Sponsor except as specifically
           provided herein, or as provided by law.

9.06       METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION

           The Plan may be terminated by the Employer at any time by appropriate
           action of its managing body. Such termination shall be effective on
           the date specified by the Employer. The Plan shall terminate if the
           Employer shall be dissolved, terminated, or declared bankrupt.
           Written notice of the termination and effective date thereof shall be
           given to the Trustee (or Custodian), Plan Administrator, Prototype
           Sponsor, Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants, and
           the required filings (such as the Form 5500 series and others) must
           be made with the Internal Revenue Service and any other regulatory
           body as required by current laws and regulations. Until all of the
           assets have been distributed from the Fund, the Employer must keep
           the Plan in compliance with current laws and regulations by (a)
           making appropriate amendments to the Plan and (b) taking such other
           measures as may be required.


                                      -56-
<PAGE>

9.07       CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER

           Notwithstanding the preceding Section 9.06, a successor of the
           Employer may continue the Plan and be substituted in the place of the
           present Employer. The successor and the present Employer (or, if
           deceased, the executor of the estate of a deceased Self-Employed
           Individual who was the Employer) must execute a written instrument
           authorizing such substitution and the successor must complete and
           sign a new plan document.

9.08       FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION

           If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status, the Plan will no
           longer be considered to be part of a prototype plan, and such
           Employer can no longer participate under this prototype. In such
           event, the Plan will be considered are individually designed plan.

SECTION TEN                    MISCELLANEOUS

10.01      STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS

           The terms and conditions of this Plan shall be applicable without
           regard to the community property laws of any state.

10.02      HEADINGS

           The headings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of
           reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the
           provisions hereof.

10.03      GENDER AND NUMBER

           Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender they shall
           be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in
           all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used
           herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they
           were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so
           apply.

10.04      PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

           In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or
           transfer of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other plan,
           each Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits immediately
           after the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then
           terminated) which are equal to or greater than the benefits he or she
           would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
           consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated). The
           Trustee (or Custodian) has the authority to enter into merger
           agreements or agreements to directly transfer the assets of this Plan
           but only if such agreements are made with trustees or custodians of
           other retirement plans described in Section 401 (a) of the Code.

10.05      STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT

           The Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee and any other fiduciary
           under this Plan shall discharge their duties with respect to this
           Plan solely in the interests of Participants and their Beneficiaries
           and with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the
           circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in like
           capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of
           an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. No fiduciary
           shall cause the Plan to engage in any transaction known as a
           "prohibited transaction" under ERISA.


                                      -57-
<PAGE>

10.06      GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES

           All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest
           whatsoever hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and execute
           any and all documents and papers which may be necessary or desirable
           for the carrying out of this Plan and any of its provisions.

10.07      AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.

           This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators,
           successors and assigns, as those terms shall apply to any and all
           parties hereto, present and future.

10.08      DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS

           A.        For any Plan Year beginning after December 31,1983, this
                     Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions
                     exist:

                     1.        If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60%
                               and this Plan is not part of any required
                               aggregation group or permissive aggregation group
                               of plans.

                     2.        If this Plan is part of a required aggregation
                               group of plans but not part of a permissive
                               aggregation group and the top-heavy ratio for the
                               group of plans exceeds 60%.

                     3.        If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation
                               group and part of a permissive aggregation group
                               of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the
                               permissive aggregation group exceeds 60%.

           For purposes of this Section 10.08, the following terms shall have
the meanings indicated below:

           B.        KEY EMPLOYEE - Any Employee or former Employee (and the
                     Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the
                     determination period was an officer of the Employer if such
                     individual's annual compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar
                     limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, an owner
                     (or considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of
                     one of the 10 largest interests in the Employer if such
                     individual's compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar
                     limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, a 5%
                     owner of the Employer, or a 1% owner of the Employer who
                     has an annual compensation of more than $150,000. Annual
                     compensation means compensation as defined in Section
                     415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed
                     bathe Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
                     which are excludable from the Employee's gross income under
                     Section 125, Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or
                     Section 403(b) of the Code. The determination period is the
                     Plan Year containing the determination date and the 4
                     preceding Plan Years.

                     The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in
                     accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the
                     regulations thereunder.

           C.        TOP-HEAVY RATIO

                     1.        If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                               contribution plans (including any simplified
                               employee pension plan) and the Employer has not
                               maintained any defined benefit plan which during
                               the 5-year period ending on the determination
                               date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the
                               top-heavy ratio for this Plan alone or for the
                               required or permissive aggregation group as
                               appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which
                               is the sum of the account balances of all Key
                               Employees as of the determination date(s)
                               (including any part of any account


                                      -58-
<PAGE>

                               balance distributed in the 5-year period ending
                               on the determination date(s)), and the
                               denominator of which is the sum of all account
                               balances (including any part of any account
                               balance distributed in the 5-year period ending
                               on the determination date(s)), both computed in
                               accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the
                               regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and
                               the denominator of the top-heavy ratio are
                               increased to reflect any contribution not
                               actually made as of the determination date, but
                               which is required to be taken into account on
                               that date under Section 416 of the Code and the
                               regulations thereunder.

                     2.        If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                               contribution plans (including any simplified
                               employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains
                               or has maintained one or more defined benefit
                               plans which during the 5-year period ending on
                               the determination date(s) has or has had any
                               accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any
                               required or permissive aggregation group as
                               appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which
                               is the sum of account balances under the
                               aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for
                               all Key Employees, determined in accordance with
                               (1) above, and the present value of accrued
                               benefits under the aggregated defined benefit
                               plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the
                               determination date(s), and the denominator of
                               which is the sum of the account balances under
                               the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans
                               for all Participants, determined in accordance
                               with (1) above, and the present value of accrued
                               benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans
                               for all Participants as of the determination
                               date(s), all determined in accordance with
                               Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
                               thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined
                               benefit plan in both the numerator and
                               denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased
                               for any distribution of an accrued benefit made
                               in the 5-year period ending on the determination
                               date.

                     3.        For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of
                               account balances and the present value of accrued
                               benefits will be determined as of the most recent
                               valuation date that falls within or ends with the
                               12-month period ending on the determination date,
                               except as provided in Section 416 of the Code and
                               the regulations thereunder for the first and
                               second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The
                               account balances and accrued benefits of a
                               Participant (a) who is not a Key Employee but who
                               was a Key Employee in a Prior Year, or (b) who
                               has not been credited with at least one Hour of
                               Service with any employer maintaining the plan at
                               any time during the 5-year period ending on the
                               determination date will be disregarded. The
                               calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the
                               extent to which distributions, rollovers, and
                               transfers are taken into account will be made in
                               accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the
                               regulations thereunder. Deductible employee
                               contributions will not be taken into account for
                               purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When
                               aggregating plans the value of account balances
                               and accrued benefits will be calculated with
                               reference to the determination dates that fall
                               within the same calendar year.

                               The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a
                               Key Employee shall be determined under (a) the
                               method, if any, that uniformly applies for
                               accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans
                               maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no
                               such method, as if such benefit accrued not more
                               rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted
                               under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C)
                               of the Code.

                     4.        Permissive aggregation group: The required
                               aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or
                               plans of the Employer which, when considered as a
                               group with the required aggregation group, would
                               continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections
                               401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.


                                      -59-
<PAGE>

                     5.        Required aggregation group: (a) Each qualified
                               plan of the Employer in which at least one Key
                               Employee participates or participated at any time
                               during the determination period (regardless of
                               whether the Plan has terminated), and (b) any
                               other qualified plan of the Employer which
                               enables a plan described in (a) to meet the
                               requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the
                               Code.

                     6.        Determination date: For any Plan Year subsequent
                               to the first Plan Year, the last day of the
                               preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of
                               the Plan, the last day of that year.

                     7.        Valuation date: For purposes of calculating the
                               top-heavy ratio, the valuation date shall be the
                               last day of each Plan Year.

                     8.        Present value: For purposes of establishing the
                               "present value" of benefits under a defined
                               benefit plan to compute the top-heavy ratio, any
                               benefit shall be discounted only for mortality
                               and interest based on the interest rate and
                               mortality table specified for this purpose in the
                               defined benefit plan, unless otherwise indicated
                               in the Adoption Agreement.

10.09      SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES

           If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
           Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is
           established and one or more other trades or businesses, this Plan and
           the plan established for other trades or businesses must, when looked
           at as a single plan, satisfy Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for
           the employees of those trades or businesses.

           If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
           Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses,
           the employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a
           plan which satisfies Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code and which
           provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided
           for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

           If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of
           two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the
           individual controls a trade or business, then the contributions or
           benefits of the employees under the plan of the trade or business
           which is controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him or
           her under the most favorable plan of the trade or business which is
           not controlled.

           For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or two
           or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or
           business if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees,
           together:

                     (1)       own the entire interest in a unincorporated trade
                               or business, or

                     (2)       in the case of a partnership, own more than 50%
                               of either the capital interest or the profit
                               interest in the partnership.

           For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or
           more Owner-Employees, shall be treated as owning any interest in a
           partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership
           which such Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are
           considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

10.10      INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS

           No benefit or interest available hereunder will be subject to
           assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The
           preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or
           recognition of a right


                                      -60-
<PAGE>

           to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a
           domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a
           qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of
           the Code.

           Generally, a domestic relations order cannot be a qualified domestic
           relations order until January 1, 1985. However, in the case of a
           domestic relations order entered before such date, the Plan
           Administrator:

                     (1)       shall treat such order as a qualified domestic
                               relations order if such Plan Administrator is
                               paying benefits pursuant to such order on such
                               date, and

                     (2)       may treat any other such order entered before
                               such date as a qualified domestic relations order
                               even if such order does not meet the requirements
                               of Section 414(p) of the Code.

           Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
           distribution to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic
           relations order shall be permitted even if the Participant affected
           by such order is not otherwise entitled to a distribution and even if
           such Participant has not attained earliest retirement age as defined
           in Section 414(p) of the Code.

10.11      CANNOT ELIMINATE PROTECTED BENEFITS

           Pursuant to Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, and the regulations
           thereunder, the Employer cannot reduce, eliminate or make subject to
           Employer discretion any Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit. Where
           this Plan document is being adopted to amend another plan that
           contains a protected benefit not provided for in this document, the
           Employer may attach a supplement to the Adoption Agreement that
           describes such protected benefit which shall become part of the Plan.

SECTION ELEVEN                 401(K) PROVISIONS

             In addition to Sections 1 through 10, the provisions of this
             Section 11 shall apply if the Employer has established a 401(k)
             cash or deferred arrangement (CODA) by completing and signing the
             appropriate Adoption Agreement.

11.01        DEFINITIONS

             The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial
             capital letters shall, for the purposes of this Plan, have the
             meanings set forth below unless the context indicates that other
             meanings are intended.

11.02        ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP)

             Means, for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the
             average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant
             in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer Contributions actually
             paid over to the Fund on behalf of such Participant for the Plan
             Year to (2) the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year
             (taking into account only that Compensation paid to the Employee
             during the portion of the Plan Year he or she was an eligible
             Participant, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement).
             For purposes of calculating the ADP, Employer Contributions on
             behalf of any Participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals
             made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election, (including
             Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees), but
             excluding (a) Excess Elective Deferrals of Non-highly Compensated
             Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under the
             Plan or plans of this Employer and (b) Elective Deferrals that are
             taken into account in the Contribution Percentage test (provided
             the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these
             Elective Deferrals); and (2) at the election of the Employer,
             Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
             Contributions. For purposes of


                                      -61-
<PAGE>

             computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a
             Participant but for the failure to make Elective Deferrals shall be
             treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are
             made.

11.03        AGGREGATE LIMIT

             Means the sum of (1) 125% of the greater of the ADP of the
             Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
             Year or the ACP of the Participants who are not Highly Compensated
             Employees under the Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the
             Plan Year beginning with or within the Plan Year of the CODA; and
             (2) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP.
             "Lesser" is substituted for "greater" in "(1)" above, and "greater"
             is substituted for "lesser" after "two plus the" in "(2)" if it
             would result in a larger Aggregate Limit.

11.04        AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP)

             Means the average of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible
             Participants in a group.

11.05        CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

             Means a Participant who has enrolled as a Contributing Participant
             pursuant to Section 11.201 and on whose behalf the Employer is
             contributing Elective Deferrals to the Plan (or is making
             Nondeductible Employee Contributions).

11.06        CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE

             Means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant's
             Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Participant's Compensation
             for the Plan Year (taking into account only the Compensation paid
             to the Employee during the portion of the Plan Year he or she was
             an eligible Participant, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
             Agreement).

11.07        CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS

             Means the sum of the Nondeductible Employee Contributions, Matching
             Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions made under the
             Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. Such
             Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching
             Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate
             Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are
             Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate
             Contributions or excess annual additions which are distributed
             pursuant to Section 11.508. If so elected in the Adoption
             Agreement, the Employer may include Qualified Nonelective
             Contributions in the Contribution Percentage Amount. The Employer
             also may elect to use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution
             Percentage Amounts so long as the ADP test is met before the
             Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test and continues to be met
             following the exclusion or those Elective Deferrals that are used
             to meet the ACP test.

11.08        ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

             Means any Employer Contributions made to the Plan at the election
             of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include
             contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or
             other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a
             Participant's Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer
             contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an
             election to defer under any qualified CODA as described in Section
             401(k) of the Code, any simplified employee pension cash or
             deferred arrangement as described in Section 402(h)(1)(B), any
             eligible deferred compensation plan under Section 457, any plan as
             described under Section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions
             made on the


                                      -62-
<PAGE>

             behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract
             under Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.
             Elective Deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly
             distributed as excess annual additions.

             No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made
             under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the
             Employer, during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar
             limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at the
             beginning of such taxable year.

             Elective Deferrals may not be taken into account for purposes of
             satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable to
             Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

11.09        ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT

             Means any Employee who is eligible to make a Nondeductible Employee
             Contribution or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer takes such
             contributions into account in the calculation of the Contribution
             Percentage), or to receive a Matching Contribution (including
             Forfeitures thereof) or a Qualified Matching Contribution.

             If a Nondeductible Employee Contribution is required as a condition
             of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a
             Participant in the Plan if such Employee made such a contribution
             shall be treated as an Eligible Participant on behalf of whom no
             Nondeductible Employee Contributions are made.

11.10        EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS

             Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

             A.      The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into
                     account in computing the numerator of the Contribution
                     Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated
                     Employees for such Plan Year, over

             B.      The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by
                     the ACP test determined by reducing contributions made on
                     behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their
                     Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such
                     percentages).

                     Such determination shall be made after first determining
                     Excess Elective Deferrals pursuant to Section 11.111 and
                     then determining Excess Contributions pursuant to Section
                     11.110.

11.11        EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

             Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

             A.      The aggregate amount of Employer Contributions actually
                     taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly
                     Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

             B.      The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
                     ADP test (determined by reducing contributions made on
                     behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the
                     ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).


                                      -63-
<PAGE>

11.12        EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

             Means those Elective Deferrals that are includible in a
             Participant's gross income under Section 402(g) of the Code to the
             extent such Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable year
             exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section. Excess
             Elective Deferrals shall be treated as annual additions under the
             Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first
             April 15 following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

11.13        MATCHING CONTRIBUTION

             Means an Employer Contribution made to this or any other defined
             contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of an
             Elective Deferral or a Nondeductible Employee Contribution made by
             such Participant under a plan maintained by the Employer.

             Matching Contributions may not be taken into account for purposes
             of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable to
             Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

11.14        QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

             Means contributions (other than Matching Contributions or Qualified
             Matching Contributions) made by the Employer and allocated to
             Participants' Individual Accounts that the Participants may not
             elect to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are
             nonforfeitable when made; and that are distributable only in
             accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to
             Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions.

             Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be taken into account for
             purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement
             applicable to Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

11.15        QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

             Means Matching Contributions which are subject to the distribution
             and nonforfeitability requirements under Section 401(k) of the Code
             when made.

11.16        QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

             Means a Contributing Participant who satisfies the requirements
             described in Section 11.302 to be entitled to receive a Matching
             Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a Plan Year.

11.17        CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

11.18        REQUIREMENTS TO ENROLL AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

             A.      Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements
                     specified in the Adoption Agreement may enroll as a
                     Contributing Participant as of any subsequent Entry Date
                     (or earlier if required by Section 2.03) specified in the
                     Adoption Agreement for this purpose. A Participant who
                     wishes to enroll as a Contributing Participant must
                     complete, sign and file a salary reduction agreement (or
                     agreement to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions)
                     with the Plan Administrator.

             B.      

                     Notwithstanding the times set forth in Section 11.201(A) as
                     of which a Participant may enroll as a Contributing
                     Participant, the Plan Administrator shall have the
                     authority to designate, in a nondiscriminatory manner,
                     additional enrollment times during the 12 month period
                     beginning on the


                                      -64-
<PAGE>

                     Effective Date (or the date that Elective Deferrals may
                     commence, if later) in order that an orderly first
                     enrollment might be completed. In addition, if the Employer
                     has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that Elective
                     Deferrals may be based on bonuses, then Participants shall
                     be afforded a reasonable period of time prior to the
                     issuance of such bonuses to elect to defer them into the
                     Plan.

11.19        CHANGING ELECTIVE DEFERRAL AMOUNTS

             A Contributing Participant may modify his or her salary reduction
             agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible Employee
             Contributions) to increase or decrease (within the limits placed on
             Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions) in the
             Adoption Agreement) the amount of his or her Compensation deferred
             into the Plan. Such modification may only be made as of the dates
             specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose, or as of any
             other more frequent date(s) if the Plan Administrator permits in a
             uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. A Contributing Participant
             who desires to make such a modification shall complete, sign and
             file a new salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make
             Nondeductible Employee Contribution) with the Plan Administrator.
             The Plan Administrator may prescribe such uniform and
             nondiscriminatory rules it deems appropriate to carry out the terms
             of this Section.

11.20        CEASING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

             A Participant may cease Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible
             Employee Contributions) and thus withdraw as a Contributing
             Participant as of the dates specified in the Adoption Agreement for
             this purpose (or as of any other date if the Plan Administrator so
             permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) by revoking the
             authorization to the Employer to make Elective Deferrals (or
             Nondeductible Employee Contributions) on his or her behalf. A
             Participant who desires to withdraw as a Contributing Participant
             shall give written notice of withdrawal to the Plan Administrator
             at least thirty days (or such lesser period of days as the Plan
             Administrator shall permit in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
             manner) before the effective date of withdrawal. A Participant
             shall cease to be a Contributing Participant upon his or her
             Termination of Employment, or an account of termination of the
             Plan.

11.21        RETURN AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT AFTER CEASING ELECTIVE 
             DEFERRALS

             A Participant who has withdrawn as a Contributing Participant under
             Section 11.203 (or because the Participant has taken a hardship
             withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.503) may not again become a
             Contributing Participant until the dates set forth in the Adoption
             Agreement for this purpose, unless the Plan Administrator, in a
             uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, permits withdrawing
             Participants to resume their status as Contributing Participants
             sooner.

11.22        CERTAIN ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS

             This Section 11.205 applies where the Employer has indicated in the
             Adoption Agreement that an Employee may make a onetime irrevocable
             election to have the Employer make contributions to the Plan on
             such Employee's behalf. In such event, an Employee may elect, upon
             the Employee's first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan,
             to have contributions equal to a specified amount or percentage of
             the Employee's Compensation (including no amount of Compensation)
             made by the Employer on the Employee's behalf to the Plan (and to
             any other plan of the Employer) for the duration of the Employee's
             employment with the Employer. Any contributions made pursuant to a
             one-time irrevocable election described in this Section are not
             treated as made pursuant to a cash or deferred election, are not
             Elective Deferrals and are not includible in an Employee's gross
             income.

             The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
             nondiscriminatory procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to
             administer this provision.


                                      -65-
<PAGE>

11.23        CONTRIBUTIONS

11.24        CONTRIBUTIONS BY EMPLOYER

             The Employer shall make contributions to the Plan in accordance
             with the contribution formulas specified in the Adoption Agreement.

11.25        MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

             The Employer may elect to make Matching Contributions under the
             Plan on behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants as provided
             in the Adoption Agreement. To be a Qualifying Contributing
             Participant for a Plan Year, the Participant must make Elective
             Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if the Employer
             has agreed to match such contributions) for the Plan Year, satisfy
             any age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements that are
             specified for Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement and
             also satisfy any additional conditions set forth in the Adoption
             Agreement for this purpose. In a uniform and nondiscriminatory
             manner, the Employer may make Matching Contributions at the same
             time as it contributes Elective Deferrals or at any other time as
             permitted by laws and regulations.

11.26        QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

             The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions
             under the Plan on behalf of Participants as provided in the
             Adoption Agreement.

             In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions as
             provided in Section 11.505 of the Plan, or Excess Aggregate
             Contributions as provided in Section 11.506 of the Plan, and to the
             extent elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the
             Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Contributions on behalf of
             Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees that are
             sufficient to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test or
             the Average Contribution Percentage test, or both, pursuant to
             regulations under the Code.

11.27        QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

             The Employer may elect to make Qualified Matching Contributions
             under the Plan on behalf of Participants as provided in the
             Adoption Agreement.

11.28        NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

             Notwithstanding Section 3.02, if the Employer so allows in the
             Adoption Agreement, a Participant may contribute Nondeductible
             Employee Contributions to the Plan.

             If the Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that
             Nondeductible Employee Contributions will be mandatory, then the
             Employer shall establish uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and
             procedures for Nondeductible Employee Contributions as it deems
             necessary and advisable including, but not limited to, rules
             describing in amounts or percentages of Compensation Participants
             may or must contribute to the Plan.

             A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
             the Nondeductible Employee Contributions for each Participant.

             A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the Plan
             Administrator, withdraw the lesser of the portion of his or her
             Individual Account attributable to his or her Nondeductible
             Employee Contributions or the amount he or she contributed as
             Nondeductible Employee Contributions.


                                      -66-
<PAGE>

             Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will be
             nonforfeitable at all times. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a
             result of an Employee's withdrawal of Nondeductible Employee
             Contributions.

11.29        NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING

11.30        ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST (ADP)

             A.      LIMITS ON HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES - The Actual
                     Deferral Percentage (hereinafter "ADP") for Participants
                     who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and
                     the ADP for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                     Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the
                     following tests:

                     1.        The ADP for Participants who are Highly
                               Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                               exceed the ADP for Participants who are not
                               Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan
                               Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                     2.        The ADP for Participants who are Highly
                               Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                               exceed the ADP for Participants who are not
                               Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan
                               Year multiplied by 2.0 provided that the ADP for
                               Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
                               does not exceed the ADP for Participants who are
                               not Highly Compensated Employees by more than 2
                               percentage points.

             B.      SPECIAL RULES

                     1.        The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly
                               Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is
                               eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and
                               Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                               Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as
                               Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test)
                               allocated to his or her Individual Accounts under
                               two or more arrangements described in Section
                               401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by the
                               Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective
                               Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified
                               Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                               Contributions, or both) were made under a single
                               arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee
                               participates in two or more cash or deferred
                               arrangements that have different Plan Years, all
                               cash or deferred arrangements ending with or
                               within the same calendar year shall be treated as
                               a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the
                               foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as
                               separate if mandatorily disaggregated under
                               regulations under Section 401(k) of the Code.

                     2.        In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                               requirements of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or
                               410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or
                               more other plans, or if one or more other plans
                               satisfy the requirements of such sections of the
                               Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this
                               Section 11.401 shall be applied by determining
                               the ADP of Employees as if all such plans were a
                               single plan. For Plan Years beginning after
                               December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated in
                               order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the Code only
                               if they hive the same Plan Year.

                     3.        For purposes of determining the ADP of a
                               Participant who is a 5% owner or one of the 10
                               most highly paid Highly Compensated Employees,
                               the Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective
                               Contributions or Qualified Matching
                               Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective
                               Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) and
                               Compensation of such Participant shall include
                               the Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable,
                               Qualified Nonelective Contributions and


                                      -67-
<PAGE>

                               Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) and
                               Compensation for the Plan Year of family members
                               (as defined in Section 414(q)(6) of the Code).
                               Family members, with respect to such Highly
                               Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as
                               separate Employees in determining the ADP both
                               for Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                               Employees and for Participants who are Highly
                               Compensated Employees.

                     4.        For purposes of determining the ADP test,
                               Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
                               Contributions and Qualified Matching
                               Contributions must be made before the last day of
                               the 12 month period immediately following the
                               Plan Year to which contributions relate.

                     5.        The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                               demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the
                               amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                               Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used
                               in such test.

                     6.        The determination and treatment of the ADP
                               amounts of any Participant shall satisfy such
                               other requirements as may be prescribed by the
                               Secretary of the Treasury.

                     7.        If the Employer elects to take Qualified Matching
                               Contributions into account as Elective Deferrals
                               for purposes of the ADP test, then (subject to
                               such other requirements as may be prescribed by
                               the Secretary of the Treasury) unless otherwise
                               indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only the
                               amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions
                               that are needed to meet the ADP test shall be
                               taken into account.

                     8.        In the event that the Plan Administrator
                               determines that it is not likely that the ADP
                               test will be satisfied for a particular Plan Year
                               unless certain steps are taken prior to the end
                               of such Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may
                               require Contributing Participants who are Highly
                               Compensated Employees to reduce their Elective
                               Deferrals for such Plan Year in order to satisfy
                               that requirement. Said reduction shall also be
                               required by the Plan Administrator in the event
                               that the Plan Administrator anticipates that the
                               Employer will not be able to deduct all Employer
                               Contributions from its income for Federal income
                               tax purposes.

11.31        LIMITS ON NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND
             MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

             A.      LIMITS ON HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES - The Average
                     Contribution Percentage (hereinafter "ACP") for
                     Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each
                     Plan Year and the ACP for Participants who are not Highly
                     Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy
                     one of the following tests:

                     1.        The ACP for Participants who are Highly
                               Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                               exceed the ACP for Participants who are not
                               Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan
                               Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                     2.        The ACP for Participants who are Highly
                               Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                               exceed the ACP for Participants who are not
                               Highly Compensated Employees f6r the same Plan
                               Year multiplied by 2, provided that the ACP f6r
                               the Participants who are Highly Compensated
                               Employees does not exceed the ACP for
                               Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                               Employees by more than 2 percentage points.


                                      -68-
<PAGE>

             B.      SPECIAL RULES

                     1.        Multiple Use - If one or more Highly Compensated
                               Employees participate in both a CODA and a plan
                               subject to the ACP test maintained by the
                               Employer and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those
                               Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or
                               both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then, as
                               elected in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP or the
                               ADP of those Highly Compensated Employees who
                               also participate in a CODA will be reduced
                               (beginning with such Highly Compensated Employee
                               whose ACP (or ADP, if elected) is the highest) so
                               that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by
                               which each Highly Compensated Employee's
                               Contribution Percentage Amounts (or ADP, if
                               elected) is reduced shall be treated as an Excess
                               Aggregate Contribution (or Excess Contribution,
                               if elected). The ADP and ACP of the Highly
                               Compensated Employees are determined after any
                               corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP
                               tests. Multiple use does not occur if the ADP and
                               ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not
                               exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the
                               Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                               Employees.

                     2.        For purposes of this Section 11.402, the
                               Contribution Percentage for any Participant who
                               is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is
                               eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts
                               allocated to his or her Individual Account under
                               two or more plans described in Section 401(a) of
                               the Code, or arrangements described in Section
                               401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the
                               Employer, shall be determined as if the total of
                               such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made
                               under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee
                               participates in two or more cash or deferred
                               arrangements that have different plan years, all
                               cash or deferred arrangements ending with or
                               within the same calendar year shall be treated as
                               a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the
                               foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as
                               separate if mandatorily disaggregated under
                               regulations under Section 401(m) of the Code.

                     3.        In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                               requirements of Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or
                               410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or
                               more other plans, or if one or more other plans
                               satisfy the requirements of such Sections of the
                               Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this
                               Section shall be applied by determining the
                               Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all
                               such plans were a single plan. For Plan Years
                               beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
                               aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m) of
                               the Code only if they have the same Plan Year.

                     4.        For purposes of determining the Contribution
                               Percentage of a Participant who is a 5% owner or
                               one of the 10 most highly paid Highly Compensated
                               Employees, the Contribution Percentage Amounts
                               and Compensation of such Participant shall
                               include the Contribution Percentage Amounts and
                               Compensation for the Plan Year of family members,
                               (as defined in Section 414(q)(6) of the Code).
                               Family members, with respect to Highly
                               Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as
                               separate Employees in determining the
                               Contribution Percentage both for Participants who
                               are not Highly Compensated Employees and for
                               Participants who are Highly Compensated
                               Employees.

                     5.        For purposes of determining the Contribution
                               Percentage test, Nondeductible Employee
                               Contributions are considered to have been made in
                               the Plan Year in which contributed to the Fund.
                               Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective
                               Contributions will be considered made for a Plan
                               Year if made no later than the end of the 12
                               month period beginning on the day after the close
                               of the Plan Year.


                                      -69-
<PAGE>

                     6.        The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                               demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the
                               amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                               Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used
                               in such test.

                     7.        The determination and treatment of the
                               Contribution Percentage of any Participant shall
                               satisfy such other requirements as may be
                               prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                     8.        If the Employer elects to take Qualified
                               Nonelective Contributions into account as
                               Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of
                               the ACP test, then (subject to such other
                               requirements as may be prescribed by the
                               Secretary of the Treasury) unless otherwise
                               indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only the
                               amount of such Qualified Nonelective
                               Contributions that are needed to meet the ACP
                               test shall be taken into account.

                     9.        If the Employer elects to take Elective Deferrals
                               into account as Contribution Percentage Amounts
                               for purposes of the ACP test, then (subject to
                               such other requirements as may be prescribed by
                               the Secretary of the Treasury) unless otherwise
                               indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only the
                               amount of such Elective Deferrals that are needed
                               to meet the ACP test shall be taken into account.

11.32        DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

11.33        GENERAL RULE

             Distributions from the Plan are subject to the provisions of
             Section 6 and the provisions of this Section 11. In the event of a
             conflict between the provisions of Section 6 and Section 11, the
             provisions of Section 11 shall control.

11.34        DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

             Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and
             Qualified Matching Contributions, and income allocable to each are
             not distributable to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary or
             Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant's or Beneficiary
             or Beneficiaries' election, earlier than upon separation from
             service, death or disability.

             Such amounts may also be distributed upon:

             A.      Termination of the Plan without the establishment of
                     another defined contribution plan, other than an employee
                     stock ownership plan (as defined in Section 4975(e) or
                     Section 409 of the Code) or a simplified employee pension
                     plan as defined in Section 408(k).

             B.      The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated
                     corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the
                     meaning of Section 409(d)(2) of the Code used in a trade or
                     business of such corporation if such corporation continues
                     to maintain this Plan after the disposition, but only with
                     respect to Employees who continue employment with the
                     corporation acquiring such assets.

             C.      The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of
                     such corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the
                     meaning of Section 409(d)(3) of the Code) if such
                     corporation continues to maintain this Plan, but only with
                     respect to Employees who continue employment with such
                     subsidiary.

             D.      The attainment of age 59 1/2 in the case of a profit
                     sharing plan.


                                      -70-
<PAGE>

             E.      If the Employer has so elected in the Adoption Agreement,
                     the hardship of the Participant as described in Section
                     11.503.

                     All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more
                     of the foregoing distributable events are subject to the
                     spousal and Participant consent requirements (if
                     applicable) contained in Section 401(a)(11) and 417 of the
                     Code. In addition, distributions after March 31, 1988, that
                     are triggered by any of the first three events enumerated
                     above must be made in a lump sum.

11.35        HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION

             A.      GENERAL - If the Employer has so elected in the Adoption
                     Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals (and any
                     earnings credited to a Participant's account as of the end
                     of the last Plan Year, ending before July 1, 1989) may be
                     made to a Participant in the event of hardship. For the
                     purposes of this Section, hardship is defined as an
                     immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee where
                     such Employee lacks other available resources. Hardship
                     distributions are subject to the spousal consent
                     requirements contained in Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of
                     the Code.

             B.      SPECIAL RULES

                     1.        The following are the only financial needs
                               considered immediate and heavy: expenses incurred
                               or necessary for medical care, described in
                               Section 213(d) of the Code, of the Employee, the
                               Employee's spouse or dependents; the purchase
                               (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                               residence for the Employee; payment of tuition
                               and related educational fees for the next 12
                               months of post-secondary education for the
                               Employee, the Employee's spouse, children or
                               dependents; or the need to prevent the eviction
                               of the Employee from, or a foreclosure on the
                               mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence.

                     2.        A distribution will be considered as necessary to
                               satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of
                               the Employee only if:

                               a.         The Employee has obtained all
                                          distributions, other than hardship
                                          distributions, and all nontaxable
                                          loans under all plans maintained by
                                          the Employer;

                               b.         All plans maintained by the Employer
                                          provide that the Employee's Elective
                                          Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee
                                          Contributions) will be suspended for
                                          12 months after the receipt of the
                                          hardship distribution;

                               c.         The distribution is not in excess of
                                          the amount of an immediate and heavy
                                          financial need (including amounts
                                          necessary to pay any Federal, state or
                                          local income taxes or penalties
                                          reasonably anticipated to result from
                                          the distribution); and

                               d.         All plans maintained by the Employer
                                          provide that the Employee may not make
                                          Elective Deferrals for the Employee's
                                          taxable year immediately following the
                                          taxable year of the hardship
                                          distribution in excess of the
                                          applicable limit under Section 402(g)
                                          of the Code for such taxable year less
                                          the amount of such Employee's Elective
                                          Deferrals for the taxable year of the
                                          hardship distribution.

11.36        DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

             A.      GENERAL RULE - A Participant may assign to this Plan any
                     Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the
                     Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator on or
                     before the date specified in


                                      -71-
<PAGE>

                     the Adoption Agreement of the amount of the Excess Elective
                     Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant is
                     deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess
                     Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only
                     those Elective Deferrals made to this Plan and any other
                     plans of the Employer.

                     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess
                     Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss
                     allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April
                     15 to any Participant to whose Individual Account Excess
                     Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and
                     who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year.

             B.      Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Elective Deferrals
                     shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of
                     distribution. The income of loss allocable to Excess
                     Elective Deferrals is the sum of: (1) income or loss
                     allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral account
                     for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the
                     numerator of which is such Participant's Elective Deferrals
                     for the year and the denominator is the Participant's
                     Individual Account balance attributable to Elective
                     Deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring
                     during such taxable year; and (2) 10% of the amount
                     determined under (1) multiplied by the number of whole
                     calendar months between the end of the Participant's
                     taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the
                     month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th
                     of such month. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
                     Plan Administrator may compute the income or loss allocable
                     to Excess Elective Deferrals in the manner described in
                     Section 4 (I.E., the usual manner used by the Plan for
                     allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
                     Accounts), provided such method is used consistently for
                     all Participants and for all corrective distributions under
                     the Plan for the Plan Year.

11.37        DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

             A.      GENERAL RULE - Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                     Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any
                     loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than
                     the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose
                     Individual Accounts such Excess Contributions were
                     allocated for the preceding Plan Year. If such excess
                     amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the
                     last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts
                     arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
                     maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts. Such
                     distributions shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees
                     on the basis of the respective portions of the Excess
                     Contributions attributable to each of such Employees.
                     Excess Contributions of Participants who are subject to the
                     family member aggregation rules shall be allocated among
                     the family members in proportion to the Elective Deferrals
                     (and amounts treated as Elective Deferrals) of each family
                     member that is combined to determine the combined ADP.

                     Excess Contributions (including the amounts
                     recharacterized) shall be treated as annual additions under
                     the Plan.

             B.      DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS - Excess Contributions
                     shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of
                     distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess
                     Contributions is the sum of: (1) income or loss allocable
                     to Participant's Elective Deferral account (and, if
                     applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution account
                     or the Qualified Matching Contributions account or both)
                     for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
                     of which is such Participant's Excess Contributions for the
                     year and the denominator is the Participant's Individual
                     Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (and
                     Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                     Contributions, or both, if any of such contributions are
                     included in the ADP test) without regard to any income or
                     loss occurring during such Plan Year; and (2) 10% of the
                     amount determined under (1) multiplied by the number of
                     whole calendar months between the end of the Plan Year and
                     the date of distribution,


                                      -72-
<PAGE>

                     counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs
                     after the 15th of such month. Notwithstanding the preceding
                     sentence, the Plan Administrator may compute the income or
                     loss allocable to Excess Contributions in the manner
                     described in Section 4 (I.E., the usual manner used by the
                     Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants'
                     Individual Accounts), provided such method is used
                     consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
                     distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.

             C.      ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS - Excess Contributions
                     shall be distributed from the Participant's Elective
                     Deferral account and Qualified Matching Contribution
                     account (if applicable) in proportion to the Participant's
                     Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions (to
                     the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess
                     Contributions shall be distributed from the Participant's
                     Qualified Nonelective Contribution account only to the
                     extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in
                     the Participant's Elective Deferral account and Qualified
                     Matching Contribution account.

11.38        DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS

             A.      General Rule - Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                     Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and
                     minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if
                     forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed no later
                     than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to
                     whose accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were
                     allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate
                     Contributions of Participants who are subject to the family
                     member aggregation rules shall be allocated among the
                     family members in proportion to the Employee and Matching
                     Contributions (or amounts treated as Matching
                     Contributions) of each family member that is combined to
                     determine the combined ACP. If such Excess Aggregate
                     Contributions are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after
                     the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts
                     arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
                     maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts.

                     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as annual
                     additions under the Plan.

             B.      Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Aggregate
                     Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss up
                     to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable
                     to Excess Aggregate Contributions is the sum of: (1) income
                     or loss allocable to the Participant's Nondeductible
                     Employee Contribution account, Matching Contribution
                     account (if any, and if all amounts therein are not used in
                     the ADP test) and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective
                     Contribution account and Elective Deferral account for the
                     Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
                     is such Participant's Excess Aggregate Contributions for
                     the year and the denominator is the Participant's
                     Individual Account balance(s) attributable to Contribution
                     Percentage Amounts without regard to any income or loss
                     occurring during such Plan Year; and (2) 10% of the amount
                     determined under (1) multiplied by the number of whole
                     calendar months between the end of the Plan Year and the
                     date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if
                     distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
                     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan
                     Administrator may compute the income or loss allocable to
                     Excess Aggregate Contributions in the manner described in
                     Section 4 (I.E., the usual manner used by the Plan for
                     allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
                     Accounts), provided such method is used consistently for
                     all Participants and for all corrective distributions under
                     the Plan for the Plan Year.

             C.      FORFEITURES OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS - Forfeitures
                     of Excess Aggregate Contributions may either be reallocated
                     to the accounts of Contributing Participants who are not
                     Highly Compensated Employees or applied to reduce Employer
                     Contributions, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                     Agreement.


                                      -73-
<PAGE>

             D.      ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS - Excess
                     Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable
                     or distributed on a pro rata basis from the Participant's
                     Nondeductible Employee Contribution account, Matching
                     Contribution account, and Qualified Matching Contribution
                     account (and, if applicable, the Participant's Qualified
                     Nonelective Contribution account
                     or Elective Deferral account, or both).

11.39        RECHARACTERIZATION

             A Participant may treat his or her Excess Contributions as an
             amount distributed to the Participant and then contributed by the
             Participant to the Plan. Recharacterized amounts will remain
             nonforfeitable and subject to the same distribution requirements as
             Elective Deferrals. Amounts may not be recharacterized by a Highly
             Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in combination
             with other Nondeductible Employee Contributions made by that
             Employee would exceed any stated limit under the Plan on
             Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

             Recharacterization must occur no later than two and one-half months
             after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess
             Contributions arose and is deemed to occur no earlier than the date
             the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed in writing of the
             amount recharacterized and the consequences thereof.
             Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the
             Participant's tax year in which the Participant would have received
             them in cash.

11.40        DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS IF EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS

             Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Participant's
             Elective Deferrals shall be distributed to him or her to the extent
             that the distribution will reduce an excess annual addition (as
             that term is described in Section 3.05 of the Plan).

11.41        VESTING

11.42        100% VESTING ON CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS

             The Participant's accrued benefit derived from Elective Deferrals,
             Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee
             Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions is
             nonforfeitable. Separate accounts for Elective Deferrals, Qualified
             Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions,
             Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions will
             be maintained for each Participant. Each account will be credited
             with the applicable contributions and earnings thereon.

11.43        FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

             Matching Contributions shall be Vested in accordance with the
             vesting schedule for Matching Contributions in the Adoption
             Agreement. In any event, Matching Contributions shall be fully
             Vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete or partial
             termination of the profit sharing plan, or upon the complete
             discontinuance of Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding any other
             provisions of the Plan, Matching Contributions or Qualified
             Matching Contributions must be forfeited if the contributions to
             which they relate are Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess
             Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions or excess annual
             additions which are distributed pursuant to Section 11.508. Such
             Forfeitures shall be allocated in accordance with Section 3.01(C).

             When a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, whether a
             Forfeiture arises with respect to Matching Contributions shall be
             determined in accordance with Section 6.01(D).

                                      -74-

                                                                      EXHIBIT 23

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference in this registration statement of our reports dated March 15, 1996
(except as to Notes 1 and 7, for which the date is July 16, 1996) included in
Cornell Corrections, Inc. Form S-1 for the year ended December 31, 1995 and to
all references to our Firm included in this registration statement.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
    ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

December 31, 1996
Houston, Texas

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

               WHEREAS, Cornell Corrections, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (the "Registration Statement"), relating to the Cornell
Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan") and the common stock,
par value $.001 per share, of the Company issuable pursuant to the Plan, with
such amendments thereto as may be necessary or appropriate, together with any
and all exhibits and other documents having relation thereto;

               NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director of
the Company, does hereby appoint DAVID M. CORNELL and STEVEN W. LOGAN, and each
of them severally, his true and lawful attorney or attorneys with power to act
with or without the other and with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, to execute in his name, place and stead, in his capacity as a
director of the Company, the Registration Statement and any and all amendments
thereto as said attorneys or either of them shall deem necessary or appropriate,
together with all instruments, exhibits or other documents necessary or
incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same or cause the same to be
filed with the Commission. Each of said attorneys shall have full power and
authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any
and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or desirable to be done in
the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might
or could do in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts
of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument
on this 17th day of December, 1996.

                                             /s/ CAMPBELL A. GRIFFIN, JR.
                                                 Campbell A. Griffin, Jr.

<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

               WHEREAS, Cornell Corrections, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (the "Registration Statement"), relating to the Cornell
Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan") and the common stock,
par value $.001 per share, of the Company issuable pursuant to the Plan, with
such amendments thereto as may be necessary or appropriate, together with any
and all exhibits and other documents having relation thereto;

               NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director of
the Company, does hereby appoint DAVID M. CORNELL and STEVEN W. LOGAN, and each
of them severally, his true and lawful attorney or attorneys with power to act
with or without the other and with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, to execute in his name, place and stead, in his capacity as a
director of the Company, the Registration Statement and any and all amendments
thereto as said attorneys or either of them shall deem necessary or appropriate,
together with all instruments, exhibits or other documents necessary or
incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same or cause the same to be
filed with the Commission. Each of said attorneys shall have full power and
authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any
and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or desirable to be done in
the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might
or could do in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts
of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument
on this 17th day of December, 1996.


                                              /s/ RICHARD T. HENSHAW III
                                                  Richard T. Henshaw III

<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

               WHEREAS, Cornell Corrections, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (the "Registration Statement"), relating to the Cornell
Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan") and the common stock,
par value $.001 per share, of the Company issuable pursuant to the Plan, with
such amendments thereto as may be necessary or appropriate, together with any
and all exhibits and other documents having relation thereto;

               NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director of
the Company, does hereby appoint DAVID M. CORNELL and STEVEN W. LOGAN, and each
of them severally, his true and lawful attorney or attorneys with power to act
with or without the other and with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, to execute in his name, place and stead, in his capacity as a
director of the Company, the Registration Statement and any and all amendments
thereto as said attorneys or either of them shall deem necessary or appropriate,
together with all instruments, exhibits or other documents necessary or
incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same or cause the same to be
filed with the Commission. Each of said attorneys shall have full power and
authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any
and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or desirable to be done in
the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might
or could do in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts
of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument
on this 17th day of December, 1996.

                                           /s/ PETER A. LEIDEL
                                               Peter A. Leidel

<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

               WHEREAS, Cornell Corrections, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (the "Registration Statement"), relating to the Cornell
Corrections, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan") and the common stock,
par value $.001 per share, of the Company issuable pursuant to the Plan, with
such amendments thereto as may be necessary or appropriate, together with any
and all exhibits and other documents having relation thereto;

               NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director of
the Company, does hereby appoint DAVID M. CORNELL and STEVEN W. LOGAN, and each
of them severally, his true and lawful attorney or attorneys with power to act
with or without the other and with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, to execute in his name, place and stead, in his capacity as a
director of the Company, the Registration Statement and any and all amendments
thereto as said attorneys or either of them shall deem necessary or appropriate,
together with all instruments, exhibits or other documents necessary or
incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same or cause the same to be
filed with the Commission. Each of said attorneys shall have full power and
authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any
and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or desirable to be done in
the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might
or could do in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts
of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument
on this 17th day of December, 1996.

                                              /s/ TUCKER TAYLOR
                                                  Tucker Taylor


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission